Page 1

BeadCreator 5.0 Business Edition Menu Commands Reference Manual

Part 1

February 02, 2010


- Page ii -


- Page iii -


- Page iv -


Table of Contents (01) Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Page 1 Page 2 Page 2 Page 2 Page 2 Page 2 Page 3 Page 3 Page 4 Page 4 Page 4 Page 4 Page 5 Page 6 Page 6 Page 7 Page 8 Page 9 Page 10 Page 10 Page 10 Page 11 Page 11 Page 11 Page 11 Page 11 Page 12 Page 12

Main Design Screen Menu Commands Tool Bar Ruler Bar Status Bar Pattern Snapshot Current Pattern Info Color Conversion Bead Effects Pattern Format Sacred Peyote offset Comanche Grid Original Image Color Map Marking Process Selection... Colored Columns Detailed Columns Edit Palette Context Menu 1 Replace Color Context Menu 2 Cut Bead Copy Bead Paste Bead Mark Bead Context Menu 3 Replace Bead

(02) File Commands Page 13 Page 13 Page 13 Page 15 Page 17 Page 21 Page 21 Page 23 Page 27 Page 28 Page 28 Page 29 Page 29 Page 31 Page 31 Page 32 Page 33 Page 35 Page 36 Page 38 Page 39 Page 39 Page 39 Page 40 Page 43 Page 46 Page 46 Page 47

Bead Faerie... Start a new project using an image Original Image Palette Pattern Parameters Start with a blank canvas Palette Pattern Parameters Open an already existing project Open... Save Save As... Watermark Image... Export... Export Beaded Image... Export CSV Data... Export Text Word Chart... ——Export in format—— Export into PDF... Layout Cover Preview Page Color Index List Bead Color List Grid Word Chart Export into HTML... Export into RTF... Export into XML... -v-


Table of Contents (02) File Commands (continued)

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

———————————————————————————————————————————————————

Page 47 Page 48 Page 48 Page 49 Page 49 Page 50 Page 50 Page 50 Page 51 Page 51 Page 52 Page 52 Page 53 Page 53 Page 53 Page 54 Page 54 Page 54 Page 54 Page 55 Page 55 Page 56 Page 56

———Components——— Palette in Own Format... Palette in XML Format... Palette in Excel Format... Original image... Send by email Properties... Pattern Design Nickname Export Original Image Export Palette BeadCreator Format... XML Format... Excel Format... Inventory Shortage Report Protection... Password for pattern editing BCP Viewer E-Junkie —————Print————— Print... Print Preview Print Setup... ———————————— Exit

(03) Edit Commands Page 57 Page 57 Page 57 Page 57 Page 61 Page 63 Page 65 Page 66 Page 67 Page 68 Page 70 Page 71 Page 72 Page 73 Page 74 Page 75 Page 76 Page 76 Page 77 Page 77 Page 78 Page 78 Page 78

Copy Undo Redo —————Adjust Color———— Color Editor... Design Editor... Edit Color Group... Use only XX colors... Brush... Add Text... Change Palette... ——————Shaping————— Crop Editor... Contour Editor... Design by Sample... Add/Remove Columns/Rows... Add Individual Beads... Change Design/Bead Size... Mirror... Rotate 90 degrees —Non-standard Pattern Format— Beads Position... Vertical Peyote Stitch... Multiple Pattern Formats... ————Palette Colors————— Check Only Used Colors Check All Colors

- vi -


Table of Contents (04) View Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Page 79 Page 79 Page 79 Page 79 Page 79 Page 80 Page 83 Page 83 Page 83 Page 83 Page 84

Show Composite ————Pattern———— Separate Pattern Preview Outline Bead Show Grid Scale... ————Bars————— Customize Tool Bars... Tool Bar Ruler Bar Status Bar Pattern Snapshot Customize Context Menu...

(05) Library Commands

Page 85 Page 86 Page 86 Page 86 Page 86 Page 86 Page 86 Page 86 Page 86 Page 86 Page 86 Page 87 Page 87 Page 88 Page 89 Page 89 Page 90

Main Design Screen Context Menu 4 Show in Full Size Apply as Border Color List... Context Menu 5 Copy Paste Add to Design Library Context Menu 6 Paste ——————————— New... Open... Edit... ———Design Files——— Browse For Path... ———View Items As—— Item Size... ——————————— Library Properties...

- vii -


Table of Contents (06) Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Page 91 Page 91 Page 92 Page 94 Page 96 Page 96 Page 96 Page 97 Page 98 Page 101 Page 103 Page 103 Page 103 Page 103 Page 103 Page 103 Page 103 Page 103 Page 104

Single or Multiple Patterns... Book Design Tab Cover Fonts & Layout Tab Pattern Elements Tab Preview Page Color Index List Bead Color List Grid Word Chart Designer Bio Tab Book Intro Tab General Instruction Tab Loom Info Tab Brick Info Tab Peyote Info Tab Comanche Info Tab RAW Info Tab Create Pack...

(07) Inventory Commands Page 107 Page 107 Page 107 Page 108 Page 108 Page 109 Page 110 Page 111 Page 111 Page 112 Page 113 Page 113

Open Inventory... Use Inventory Colors... Change Design Add Design To Inventory Shortage Report... Layout... Export to PDF... Export to Excel... Export to XML... ————————————— Add Design Remove Design as Completed Remove Design as Offcast

(08) Options Commands Page 115 Page 115 Page 116 Page 116 Page 116 Page 117 Page 117 Page 117 Page 117 Page 118 Page 118 Page 119

Preferences... Start-up Shortcut Keys Bead Layers Memory Usage Pattern Auto Saving Pattern Print Preview Mode Status Bar Info Bead Sizes PDF page sizes Miscellaneous Background Color... - viii -


Table of Contents Part 2 - Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 3 Page 4 Page 7 Page 7 Page 8 Page 8 Page 9 Page 10 Page 11 Page 11 Page 12 Page 12 Page 13 Page 13 Page 13 Page 13 Page 14 Page 14 Page 14 Page 15 Page 15 Page 16 Page 17 Page 20 Page 23 Page 25

A - Working with Graphic Images Open an image file Saving design as an image file B - Changing Palette Columns C - How to Change Bead Size Preferences D - How to Determine Bead Size The Math Spacer Size Beads Per Inch Chart E - Some Common Bead Sizes F - File Association G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System Dewey Delica II Color Groups List Safe and Non-Safe Colors Coating and Shine Levels Delica Color Names Delica Bead Scans Choosing the RGB Colors New Bead Types/Finishes Categories Monitors BeadCreator Palette Columns Printing Out a Palette List Blank Bead Forward/Recede/Either Durability Glass Types/Surface Finishes List Categories of Glass Types/Surface Finishes List Print Outs -Color Groups/Durability Dewey Delica Print Outs -Glass Types/Surface Finishes Dewey Delica

Index - Part 1 & 2 Pages A - F

- ix -


-x-


Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Design Screen Title Bar Menu Commands Toolbar Ruler Bar

Ruler Bar

Current Pattern Info

Program Preferences: Under the Menu Command Options are settings for Preferences. It is highly recommend that you read Chapter 8 before designing any patterns.

Color Conversion The Current Pattern Info can be moved to the far right and out of the way when not needed by moving the vertical ‘bar’ with the cursor. Bead Effects Shortcut Keys are not assigned. You can add Pattern Format them yourself. Go to Menu>Options>Preferences. Original Image

There are Context Menus that have commands that are not available from the Menu. See pages 10 -12.

Color Map(s)

See Appendix G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System Pattern Snapshot

BeadCreator comes with two color group sorted palettes for Delica Beads.

Status Bar

- Page 1:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Menu Commands The main design screen has a compact and simple menu system that has all the options to manage bead designs.

Tool Bar

You can toggle the Tool Bar off or on. See Menu>View>Tool Bar. Bead Faerie

Export into PDF

Open Design

Print

Save Design Export Beaded Image

Redo

Separate Pattern Preview

Contour Editor

Show Composite

Print Preview

Color Editor

Undo

Design Editor The Scale is just for viewing on the screen. Scale

Ruler Bar There are two Ruler Bars. They run across the top and down the left side of the Main Design Screen. You can toggle the Ruler Bar off or on. See Menu>View>Ruler Bar.

Status Bar You can toggle the Status Bar off or on. See Menu>View>Status Bar. Original Image Info Pattern Info Palette Info

Pattern Snapshot

You can toggle the Pattern Snapshot off or on. See Menu>View>Pattern Snapshot.

- Page 2:1 -


Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Current Pattern Info Color Conversion Once a design has been created from Bead Faerie, you can adjust the Color Conversion.

By Original (initial & current color) The default from Bead Faerie is Exactly. The slider bar lets you re-draw (or render again) a pattern from the graphic image. Sharpen - The best color conversion, based upon a new algorithm we developed. It causes the program to match the beads to the sharp color of the image. Exactly - The shift between colors is a harder break, instead of a gradual blend between the colors. It causes the program to match the beads to the exact color of the image. As a result, you will see jagged appearance, especially where straight lines are involved. Smooth - Imagine Vaseline on a glass lens, where the colors are not as defined. It causes the program to perform color averaging which tends to smooth out straight and curved lines. Color Gradations (initial & current color) This is for adjusting the Hue, Lightness and Saturation of any design. You can individually control each of the parameters separately by changing the numbers or by moving the squares.

- Page 3:1 -


Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Current Pattern Info (continued) Bead Effects

The Bead Effects section gives you 4 different shapes and styles to choose from. These effects change the shape of the beads and use different shading to give a sense of depth. Whatever effect you are currently using is how the graphic image of your pattern will be saved. When you select a bead effect, the design is automatically redrawn with the new selection.

3-D Round Pattern Format

3-D Circle

3-D Cylinder Rounded Rectangle

Bead Pattern Format You can change the current design’s Pattern Format. Sacred Peyote offset There is an adjustment of 2 to 9 available. This is only available from the Main Design Screen in the Current Pattern Info. You can change your bead pattern after it is created.

Comanche Grid

The Comanche Grid function is to add fringe/strands on the bottom or the top of an existing loom or brick stitch pattern. Click on the [Comanche Grid] button. The Comanche Grid dialog box opens. NOTE: you cannot add strands/fringe to a peyote pattern with this procedure. By default, the program takes the number of rows in the pattern and puts half on top and half on bottom. You will see a horizontal line across the middle of the pattern. You want the line across the top or bottom. In the Change main design format you can only change the number in the field for top rows. If you want to add strands to the bottom, put a zero in the top field. The horizontal line moves up to the top of the pattern. If you want to add strands to the top, add up the 2 figures in the top and bottom field for total rows in your pattern and enter that number in the top field. The horizontal line will move to the bottom. - Page 4:1 -


Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Current Pattern Info (continued) Comanche Grid (continued) Change main design format:

You need to check No Fringe Needed in the section (top or bottom) you do NOT want to add the strands to. In the Format drop-down list, click on the stitch type of your pattern. (Loom or Brick Stitch).

Add strands on top:

If you want to use a color in your design’s palette, click Use Colors From Design; then you can select the color from the Color drop-down list.

Add strands on bottom:

Strand Length lets you add the number of beads needed. You can change the default of skipping every other row with the Skip every row field. Experiment until your strands are on both of the left and right outside columns. The Use New Bead Color appears to carry the colors from the pattern down or up into the strands.

When you are ready to preview the addition of strands, click on the [Apply] button. If you are satisfied with the results, click the [OK] button. If you need further adjustments, click the [Cancel] button and start over.

Original Image

A rendered pattern (created with a graphic image) must be opened in the Main Design Screen for the slider to work. This does not work for a pattern created from a Blank Pattern. Click in the Show check box. Sliding to the left shows more of the Original Image and sliding to the right shows more of the Bead Pattern.

- Page 5:1 -


Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Current Pattern Info (continued) Color Map

Allows you to view the location of each color in the design with a mark. You have five options to choose from in the drop-down list. You can also change the view from colored rectangles to a detailed list. This list can also show different columns in the palette. If you wish to use the ‘inventory’ possibilities, you will need to become familiar with the database InventoryManager.

Marking

No Action Turns off the Color Map marking ability. Change the bead marking With current color marked in the design, you can remove the mark from one bead at a time. Mark all beads with this color You can left-click on a bead in the design or in the list and all of that color will be marked. Mark nearest beads with this color You can click on one bead in the design and all beads close to this bead, that are the same color, are marked. Begin beaded area selection This is a special function that does not mark any beads; but will open a dialog box that is not available from any Menu Command. Left-click and hold; then drag the mouse to select a section of beads (or all beads) and the selection rectangle appears along with the Process Selection dialog box. Instructions are on the next page. Clicking on the [Clear] button removes all the marked beads. - Page 6:1 -


Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Current Pattern Info (continued) Color Map (continued) Marking (continued) Begin beaded area selection (continued) Process Selection ... Change Selected Area As: This will Mirror your selected beads. Turn square part of 90 degree: This will turn your selected beads 90 degrees. Turn of an angle: This will turn your selected beads within the rectangle at an angle and fill the background with your choice of bead color. Move: This will move your selected beads by your choice of rows or columns and fill the background with your choice of bead color.

You can click on the [Undo] and [Redo] buttons as many times as you need.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving your changes.

- Page 7:1 -


Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Current Pattern Info (continued) Color Map (continued) The Color Map has 2 viewing options. Colored Columns and Detailed Columns. Colored Columns

The default (Details box un-checked) is showing the beads used in the design in colored rectangles with it’s Mfg Name. You can change how many columns are shown by changing the number with the [Up] or [Down] arrows.

- Page 8:1 -


Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Current Pattern Info (continued) Color Map (continued) Detailed Columns

By checking the Details check box, the Color Map shows the columns of the palette in a list.

The Color Map’s default is to show only the beads used in the design. You can show all the colors in the design’s palette, by checking the All colors check box.

The [Apply] button lets you check or uncheck beads for use in the design. It will be greyedout if you have not changed a bead’s check mark. By clicking in the Allow usage change check box from the Select display columns dialog box (available by clicking on the [...] button, you can change the palette’s Usage check boxes. When you add or remove a checkmark, the [Apply] button become active. Click on the [Apply] button and the change is made and the button becomes greyed-out again. Clicking on the [...] button, opens a dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list. You can change how the columns are viewed. It also lets you change the usage column. See Appendix B - Changing Palette Columns

- Page 9:1 -


Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Edit Palette Clicking on the [Edit...] button opens up the currents design’s palette in PaletteCreator. Whatever changes you make to the palette will be automatically changed in the design’s palette when you close PaletteCreator. It is not possible to save from PaletteCreator. To close, just click on the Red X in the upper right-hand corner or use Menu>File>Exit.

In order to save the changes to the design’s palette, you will need to save the design from BeadCreator with Menu>File>Save. This is indicated by the *** that appears in the Title Bar. Or it will say ‘Untitled’.

Context Menu 1 Replace Color Right-click on a bead in the list of the Color Map and this Context Menu pops up. This will remove the check mark for that bead color in the Usage column and it will be replaced with another color in the palette that is marked for Usage.

- Page 10:1 -


Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Context Menu 2 Right-click on a bead in the pattern and this Context Menu pops-up. You can customize this menu. See Menu>View>Customize Context menu. *Cut Bead

You can remove beads one-by-one from the pattern with Cut. You can replace ‘cut’ beads by right-clicking on the removed bead. Word Charts will indicate these ‘cut’ beads with skip.

*Copy Bead Allows you to copy the bead color. *Paste Bead Allows you to paste the bead color you copied to another bead. *Mark Bead You can place a Mark on one bead or Mark many beads; but one at a time. Place the cursor over the bead and then rightclick. The Context Menu pops-up. Click on Mark Bead and a mark is placed on the bead. You can remove it easily by reversing the process and choosing Mark Bead again.

Clear All

You can clear the Mark(s) on bead(s) with Clear All. This is the same as clicking on the [Clear] button on the Main Design Screen.

Brush...

Opens the Brush dialog box. Your cursor turns into a brush tool. With a blank pattern, you can start coloring in your design. With a rendered pattern, you can fine tune the colors. It is also available from Menu>Edit>Brush.

* These commands are not available from any other menu. - Page 11:1 -


Chapter 1 - Main Design Screen

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Context Menu 3 Replace Bead Right-click on a ‘cut’ bead in the pattern and this Context Menu pops-up. You can replace even if the designed was saved. This command is not available from any menu command. You can also Save or Save As... the design. These commands are also available from Menu>File.

- Page 12:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 2 - File Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— The Bead Faerie gives you three options. You can start a new design by rendering the pattern from a graphic image, create a Bead Faerie... blank design, or opens an existing design. Start a new project using an image Click in the circle for Start a new project using an image.

Click on the [Next] button. You can click on the [Cancel] button to exit.

Original Image The Original Image dialog box opens. Click on the graphic you want; then click on the [Next] button.

If you have not placed your graphic image in the BeadCreator path under Program Files on your C drive; then click on the [Open another image...] button to find your graphic image.

You can click on the [Back] button to start over.

- Page 13:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start a new project using an image (continued) Original Image (continued) Opens an image file that you want to use in a bead design. The image file types that can be opened are: CollageCreator File Format JPG File Format PhotoShop File Format GIF File Format

PNG File Format TIF File Format Windows Bitmap Windows Meta File

The Select source image file dialog box opens. The default path is C:\Program Files\BeadCreator (your version). Browse to your image file and click on it so it goes into the File name field.

Click on the [Open] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit without opening a graphic image. It is best to exit BeadCreator and restart the program if you are going to be working on creating a new design. If you have limited the number of colors in a design in the current session, those figures may be applied to a new design if you do not restart the program. In order to bring a picture into BeadCreator, you must have a digitized version of the picture; that is, you must have an image file that was created from the picture. If all you have is a paper photograph, you can create an image file from it using a scanner. Of course, if you had a scanner you would know that already; so for those that have no idea what we are talking about, just know this: You can bring a photograph to most professional film development or photocopy centers, tell them that you want it scanned to an image file and they will be able to do it for you. Provide them with this information so they will know what type of images you need. Avoid using high resolution files, as they tend to hog system resources. It’s been found that 72 dpi RGB images work just fine. JPG images typically create much smaller files than the other image types and are ideally suited for this type of application.

- Page 14:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start a new project using an image (continued) Original Image (continued)

You can copy an image from another source (like your graphic software) and paste it into BeadCreator. Click on the [Paste from clipboard] button. The Select file for image saving dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the new file saved; then type in the new File Name. Choose the type of file format you want from the Save as type drop-down list. Your choices are JPG, PNG or Windows Bitmap.

Click on the [Save] button to save your image. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving your image. See Appendix A - Working with Graphic Images Brings you back to the Original Image dialog box. Click on the [Next] button. Palette The Palette dialog box opens. Highlight the palette you want to use. You can edit the Usage column from the detailed list. The change in the palette will be saved when you save your new design. It does not change the original palette. If the palette you want is not listed, you can browse to another directory path by clicking on the [Browse...] button. NOTE: Palettes that came with BeadCreator are located at: C:\\Program Files\BeadCreator (your version)\Palettes

You can click on the [Back] button to start over. - Page 15:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start a new project using an image (continued) Palette (continued)

The Select a palette file dialog box opens. Find and click on the palette you want so that it goes into the File name field.

Click on the [Open] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog without selecting a palette. This is non-functional.

This brings you back to the Palette dialog box. Clicking on the [Edit palette...] button, opens up the currents design’s palette in PaletteCreator. Whatever changes you make to the palette will be automatically changed in the design’s palette when you close PaletteCreator. It is not possible to save from PaletteCreator. To close, just click on the Red X in the upper right-hand corner. Any changes made will be saved when you save the design.

This brings you back to the Palette dialog box. Click on the [Next] button. - Page 16:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start a new project using an image (continued) Pattern Parameters The Patterns Parameters dialog box opens. Please review the information of bead sizes in the Appendix. See Appendix C - How to Change Bead Size Preferences See Appendix D - How to Determine Bead Size See Appendix E - Some Common Bead Sizes

Click on the [Back] button to start over.

The Nick for inventory (nickname) must be completed with a name regardless if you use the inventory system or not. It will need to be a unique name in the inventory system. It would probably be easiest to just add ‘inv’ to the name of the design. The name in the Title Bar will be the ‘nickname’; but you will open the file with it’s original name. Set Size of Design

In the Set Size of Design section, specify the measuring units you want to use from the Ruler drop-down list. You can choose either inches, centimeter, or millimeters. In the Width and Height fields, specify the size of the final design that you want to build. The Proportionate check box is only available when rendering a bead pattern from a graphic image. When the Proportionate check box is selected, you can specify only one value (Width or Height). The other values automatically adjust to retain the proportions of the original image. If you uncheck this box, you can enter both Width and Height values; but be aware that the image will be stretched to accommodate the values you enter and will not retain the same proportions as the original. - Page 17:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start a new project using an image (continued) Pattern Parameters (continued) Bead Parameters Design In If you select Inches, you will specify the size of the beads and the number of beads required will be determined by the program. To proceed this way, choose the Bead Size from the drop-down list and then fine-tune the values in the Width and Height fields as necessary. If you select Beads, you will specify the number of beads you want to use and the size of the beads will be determine by the program. To proceed this way, the Width and Height fields are for entering the total number of beads that you want to use in each row and column. In the Bead Info, the program will show you the Size of the beads. In the Spacer Size field, enter the width of the space that will be used between adjacent beads. Bead Size

The default Bead Size is size ll. This yields a pattern with 20 beads per inch across and 15 beads per inch down. This is one of the accepted standards for Delica beads. The Bead Size drop-down list only has bead proportions enter in #11. All the other numbers are bead per inch in width, but the height has not been calculated. That’s for you to do. Do NOT confuse the # with the size of bead.

Bead Info

In the Bead Info section, the Count will show the total number of beads needed.

See Appendix C - How to Change Bead Size Preferences See Appendix D - How to Determine Bead Size See Appendix E - Some Common Bead Sizes

- Page 18:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 2 - File Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start a new project using an image (continued) Pattern Parameters (continued) Pattern Format

By default, the program applies a “loom pattern” design. You can use this for Square Stitch also. There is the Peyote Stitch, with 2 to 9 drop variations. Peyote Stitch is also known as the Gourd Stitch. Sacred Peyote has also been added. Sacred Peyote is similar to the Peyote Stitch, but it is offset by 2/3rds instead of 1/2 or what is referred to as ‘half-rows’. Row numbering in peyote is different than loom and brick. There is the Brick Stitch and Sacred Brick Stitch. This is basically the same stitch. The only difference is the starting position of the beads in Row 1, Column 1. Herringbone has been added to your choices of stitches. It has it’s own unique Bead Effect and cannot be changed.

Directions of the holes in the beads:

Loom

Square Stitch Horizontal

Square Stitch Vertical

Peyote Stitch

Sacred Peyote Stitch

Across Down

Brick Stitch or Brick Stitch Vertical or Comanche

Brick Stitch Horizontal

Sacred Brick Stitch - Page 19:1 -

Herringbone or Ndebele


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start a new project using an image (continued)

When ready, click on the [Apply] button and the pattern is drawn on the Main Design Screen. If you are satisfied; then click on the [Finish] button. You can click on the [Cancel] button to start over. You will need to save your new design. Go to Menu>File>Save As... You can tweak the design further with the tools available from the Main Design Screen. You can also render the pattern again with the Color Conversion located on the right-side of the Main Design Screen. NOTE: BeadCreator will render patterns with a large amount of bead colors used. Sometimes in the 200s plus. It also cannot tell the difference between types/finishes of the beads. It is up to you, the designer, to make these design decisions. Experience is the best teacher, so be patient with yourself. The tools necessary have been included with BeadCreator to help and guide you through the process.

Once a pattern has been rendered, you have two tools to help lower the number of colors use in your design fairly quickly. 1. Use Only XX Colors available from Menu>Edit. You can quickly lower the number of colors used; but the software determines which colors are eliminated. 2. Edit Color Group is available from Menu>Edit. You control which bead colors are eliminated by choosing bead colors already in the pattern.

- Page 20:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start with a blank canvas Click in the circle for Start with a blank canvas.

Click on the [Next] button. You can click on the [Cancel] button to exit.

Palette The Palette dialog box opens. Highlight the palette you want to use. You can edit the Usage column from the detailed list. The change in the palette will be saved when you save your new blank pattern. It does not change the original palette. If the palette you want is not listed, you can browse to another directory path by clicking on the [Browse...] button. NOTE: Palettes that came with BeadCreator are located at: C:\\Program Files\BeadCreator (your version)\Palettes

You can click on the [Back] button to start over. - Page 21:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start with a blank canvas (continued) Palette (continued)

The Select a palette file dialog box opens. Find and click on the palette you want so that it goes into the File name field.

Click on the [Open] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog without selecting a palette. This is non-functional. This brings you back to the Palette dialog box. Clicking on the [Edit palette...] button, opens up the currents design’s palette in PaletteCreator. Whatever changes you make to the palette will be automatically changed in the design’s palette when you close PaletteCreator. It is not possible to save from PaletteCreator. To close, just click on the Red X in the upper right-hand corner. Any changes made will be saved when you save the design.

This brings you back to the Palette dialog box. Click on the [Next] button. - Page 22:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start with a blank canvas (continued) Pattern Parameters The Patterns Parameters dialog box opens. Please review the information of bead sizes in the Appendix.

See Appendix C - How to Change Bead Size Preferences See Appendix D - How to Determine Bead Size See Appendix E - Some Common Bead Sizes

Click on the [Back] button to start over.

The Nick for inventory (nickname) must be completed with a name regardless if you use the inventory system or not. It will need to be a unique name in the inventory system. It would probably be easiest to just add ‘inv’ to the name of the design. The name in the Title Bar will be the ‘nickname’; but you will open the file with it’s original name. Set Size of Design

In the Set Size of Design section, specify the measuring units you want to use from the Ruler drop-down list. You can choose either inches, centimeter, or millimeters. In the Width and Height fields, specify the size of the final design that you want to build. The Proportionate check box is only available when rendering a bead pattern from a graphic image. When the Proportionate check box is selected, you can specify only one value (Width or Height). The other values automatically adjust to retain the proportions of the original image. If you uncheck this box, you can enter both Width and Height values; but be aware that the image will be stretched to accommodate the values you enter and will not retain the same proportions as the original. - Page 23:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start with a blank canvas (continued) Pattern Parameters (continued) Bead Parameters Design In If you select Inches, you will specify the size of the beads and the number of beads required will be determined by the program. To proceed this way, choose the Bead Size from the drop-down list and then fine-tune the values in the Width and Height fields as necessary. If you select Beads, you will specify the number of beads you want to use and the size of the beads will be determine by the program. To proceed this way, the Width and Height fields are for entering the total number of beads that you want to use in each row and column. In the Bead Info, the program will show you the Size of the beads. In the Spacer Size field, enter the width of the space that will be used between adjacent beads. Bead Size

The default Bead Size is size ll. This yields a pattern with 20 beads per inch across and 15 beads per inch down. This is one of the accepted standards for Delica beads. The Bead Size drop-down list only has bead proportions enter in #11. All the other numbers are bead per inch in width, but the height has not been calculated. That’s for you to do. Do NOT confuse the # with the size of bead.

Bead Info

In the Bead Info section, the Count will show the total number of beads needed.

See Appendix C - How to Change Bead Size Preferences See Appendix D - How to Determine Bead Size See Appendix E - Some Common Bead Sizes

- Page 24:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 2 - File Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start with a blank canvas (continued) Pattern Parameters (continued) Pattern Format

By default, the program applies a “loom pattern” design. You can use this for Square Stitch also. There is the Peyote Stitch, with 2 to 9 drop variations. Peyote Stitch is also known as the Gourd Stitch. Sacred Peyote has also been added. Sacred Peyote is similar to the Peyote Stitch, but it is offset by 2/3rds instead of 1/2 or what is referred to as ‘half-rows’. Row numbering in peyote is different than loom and brick. There is the Brick Stitch and Sacred Brick Stitch. This is basically the same stitch. The only difference is the starting position of the beads in Row 1, Column 1. Herringbone has been added to your choices of stitches. It has it’s own unique Bead Effect and cannot be changed.

Directions of the holes in the beads:

Loom

Square Stitch Horizontal

Square Stitch Vertical

Peyote Stitch

Sacred Peyote Stitch

Across Down

Brick Stitch or Brick Stitch Vertical or Comanche

Brick Stitch Horizontal

Sacred Brick Stitch - Page 25:1 -

Herringbone or Ndebele


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Start with a blank canvas (continued) Pattern Parameters (continued) Blank Design Color In the Blank Design Color list, choose the background color you wish the design to start with by checking in the box next to the color. All designs must have a base color to work from. In the Create border with color section, do not check the box if you do not want a border of a different color. If you want to have a border of one bead in a different color; then check the box and choose the second color from the drop-down list.

When ready, click on the [Apply] button and the pattern is drawn on the Main Design Screen. If you are satisfied; then click on the [Finish] button. You can click on the [Cancel] button to start completely over. You will need to save your new design. Go to Menu>File>Save As... You can tweak the design further with the tools available from the Main Design Screen.

- Page 26:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Bead Faerie... (continued) Open an already existing project Click in the circle for Open an already existing project.

Click on the [Next] button. You can click on the [Cancel] button to exit.

The Existed Project dialog box opens. Click on the project you want. Click on the [Next] button. Click on the [Back] button to start over.

If you have not placed your previously saved design in the BeadCreator path under Program Files on your C drive; then click on the [Open another project] button. The Open Design File dialog box opens. Browse to your design file and click on it so it goes into the File name field.

Click on the [Open] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without opening a file. This brings you back to the Existed Project dialog box.

When ready, click on the [Apply] button and the design will open on the Main Design Screen. Click on the[ Finish] button. You can click on the [Cancel] button to start over. - Page 27:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Open... Use this to open the design files (*.bc) that have already been saved with the Save As... command. The Open Design File dialog box opens. The default path is C:\Program Files\BeadCreator (your version). Browse to the pattern file you want to open and click on it so it goes into the File name field. If you click on the down arrow on the icon, you will open a recent file list and you can choose what you want to open.

Click on the [Open] button and design is opened on the Main Design Screen. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without selecting a design file. Supported Formats: Main BCP Design File Format (BC) BCP Layer Design File Format (BLR) BeadCellar Design File Format (XML) Compressed Main BCP Design File Format (ZIP)

Save

Saves changes to your design file. The file has to be previously saved to use this command. NOTE: While working on your design, three stars (***) appears by it’s name on the bar at the top of the program. This means you have changed it and it needs to be saved. Sometimes the name will change to ‘untitled’; but it is still there. - Page 28:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 2 - File Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Save As... Allows you to save your current project as a BeadCreator file (*.bc). This format retains the design and a copy of the palette used to create the design. If you rendered a pattern from a graphic image file, it saves a copy of that file too. The Save Design As dialog box opens. The program’s default path is C:\Program Files\BeadCreator (your version). Browse to where you want the file and then type the name in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving the design. NOTE: It is recommended that you backup your designs and palettes to whatever media storage you have available and store them in a safe place.

Watermark Image...

This type of image is usually needed for putting a graphic image of your design on the Internet. You may also need to have graphic editing software installed on your computer to view and edit the resulting .jpg, .png or .bmp file. You need to have your design opened on the Main Design Screen. The Watermark Beaded Image dialog box opens. You can either type in text or use a clip art image. Text:

Type in the text and click on the [Apply] button. The text appears in the upper righthand corner of the design. Drag and drop to where you want it. You can change the font and size by clicking on the [Font] button. You can change the color of the font by clicking on the [Color] button. You can change the transparency percentage by moving the slider bar.

- Page 29:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Watermark Image... (continued) Clip Art Image:

You will need to gather your own watermark clip art. You cannot adjust the size of the image in BeadCreator, so you will have to be sure it’s size is what you need before you import it. Click on the [Browse] button. The Select clip art image file dialog box opens. Find and [Open] your clip art image. The image appears in the upper right-hand corner of the design. Drag and drop to where you want it. You can change the transparency percentage by moving the slider bar.

You can remove the image by clicking on the [Delete] button.

Click on the [Save Watermarked Image As] button. The Save Watermarked Beaded Image As dialog box opens. Type a name in the File Name field. When you click on the [Save] button, the image will open in the graphic software that you have the file type (.xxx) associated with. It creates a really large image in size(inches) and bytes (MB) if you do not adjust the width and height now. To learn more: See Appendix A - Working with Graphic Images This is an example of a finished image.

See Appendix F - File Association

Before you exit, click on the [Clear all parameters] button to remove the text.

When done, click on the [Exit] button to exit. - Page 30:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Lets you choose between seven different methods of exporting the Bead Pattern. Export... The Export Beaded Image produces a graphic image of the design. The Export CSV Data produces a spreadsheet of the design. The Export Text Word Chart produces a .txt file. The Export into PDF... HTML... and RTF... basically have all the same options available. They all produced almost the same results, just in different formats. The Export into RTF... requires text editing software, like Microsoft Word 2003 or greater to view and print. The Export into XML... this exports your design to Extensible Markup Language file format.

Export Beaded Image...

Exports just the Bead Pattern as a graphic file in either JPG, PNG, or Windows Bitmap file format. The Export Beaded Image As dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the file saved. Fill in the File name field with the file name.

Click on the [Save] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button exits the dialog box without saving to a graphic file. The image produced is large in both physical size and bytes. Editing is a must. However, adjusting the width and height does help. The JPEG Compress slider does not help, so leave it alone. See Appendix A - Working with Graphic Images See Appendix F - File Association - Page 31:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export CSV Data... Exports the Bead Pattern as a spreadsheet file (.csv). Requires a spreadsheet application (like Microsoft Excel or similar application) to view, edit and print. You need to be familiar with your spreadsheet application. The Export Bead’s Grid as a Spreadsheet File opens. The default path is C:\Program Files\BeadCreator (your version). Browse to where you want to save the .csv file. A default file name of Bead Grid.csv is filled in the File name field. Change this to a unique name. Click on the [Save] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button exits the dialog box without saving to a spreadsheet file. See Appendix F - File Association Spreadsheet: Creates a text file (*.csv) where the bead number of each bead is separated by a semicolon. A hard return occurs at the end of each row.

Palette: The numbers used in the spreadsheet comes from the palette and is called the Bead# or Index #. There is no option to use the Mfg code or Mfg name from the palette.

- Page 32:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export Text Word Chart... The dialog box says ‘Select A Text File For Word Chart Exp...’; but you do NOT want to do this because it will be replaced. Any information you already have in this .txt file will be erased. You DO need to type in a new file name in the File Name field.

Click on the [Save] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button exits the dialog box without saving to a text file. See Appendix F - File Association

Export: Number

This option creates a grid that shows the placement of each bead by it’s Index #. This number was assigned by the program when the Palette was created.

Export: MFG Name This option creates a grid that shows the placement of each bead by it’s MFG Name. This ‘Name’ is actually a number that was given to each color when it was entered into the Palette in PaletteCreator. Direction of Rows: Loom only: This is to choose the directions of the rows. Which one you choose will depend on the beading format and your preferences. In BeadCreator, the rows and columns always start in the upper left-hand corner of the pattern. Not everyone weaves beads in the same directions, so there are different directions offered. - Page 33:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export Text Word Chart... (continued) Direction of Rows (continued): Peyote or Brick: NOTE: If you absolutely need your Word Chart with row#1 starting at the bottom and working up; then you can turn the pattern upside down. Go to Menu>Edit>Mirror (Both ‘left to right’ and ‘top to bottom’). Fiddle with the left and right choices to get it just the way you want it. Using “Rows Left to Right & reverse” puts the beginning in the lower right-hand corner for Flat Peyote and gets the combine first two rows right. Beaders work patterns in every way possible. Some just have certain preferences and some beaders are left handed and need the flexibility of where to start beading from. An even easier way is to use Menu>Edit>Rotate 90 degrees (twice); but the Mirror gives you more options. NOTE: You can also use the Color Map on the Main Design Screen. In the drop-down list choose Begin beaded area selection. Select entire design with left-mouse click and drag. The Process Selection dialog box opens and it also has a Mirror option. Available for Peyote ONLY

Columns prints Top to Bottom; then Bottom to Top. The could be helpful in printing out peyote patterns in columns, so it can be worked in Brick.

If your Bead Pattern is in the Peyote format, this option becomes available. The two choices are Combined or Original. You can choose to either combined the first two rows or to not combine them. Left is an example of what the word chart will look like now. Below is an example of what the word chart used to look like: Row 3, left to right 2(234) 5(434) 38(234) Row 4, right to left 1(234) 2(434) 31(234) 5(434) 2(237) 2(434) 2(234) Row 3, right to left 2(DB0324) 7(DB0756) 2(DB0331) 1(DB0756) Row 4, left to right 14(DB0324) 12(DB0723) 4(DB0756) 2(DB0331) Using a word processing application, you can edit the text file any which way you please. It’s all up to you. NOTE: If you removed, cut or deleted any beads from the design, they will be indicated by ‘skip’. - Page 34:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into PDF...

When the Export into PDF As dialog box opens, the Grid section will indicate which bead stitch your design is in.

Peyote stitch has a additional option for the Word Chart; which is to combine the first two rows or not. Loom stitch has a additional option for the Word Chart, which is to print ‘Columns Top to Bottom Always’. BeadCreator creates a folder called Design and you can store your saved files there. You can add your own subfolders for each design. The path is C:\Program Files\ BeadCreator (your version). In the Save In field, browse to the Design folder. In the File Name field, enter the pattern’s unique name. Requires Adobe’s Reader to view and print the document. This is a free download available from www.adobe.com.

There are footer defaults that cannot be changed. They are: Bottom Left: “BeadCreator (your ver.), Version ID: date and time” Bottom Right: “http://www.thoughtfishmedia.com Page X from X” The only way to eliminate or edit any wording added by BeadCreator in the PDF is to have an application that can edit PDF files. Adobe’s Reader is NOT that application. Both Adobe and Corel have these kind of applications. There are also some applications designed by individuals or small companies.

- Page 35:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into PDF... (continued) Layout Click on the [Layout...] button to choose font, font size, paper orientation and much more. The Output layout dialog box opens. Once you have completed your settings, click on the [OK] button and you will return to Export into PDF As... dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving any changes.

You can add additional information to the existing header and footer that BeadCreator has already there.

This measurement is in pixels, which is 72 per inch. The number can range from 0 to 90.

This measurement is in pixels, which is 72 per inch. The number can range from 4 to 40.

72 = 1.0 inch 54 = .75 inch 36 = .5 inch 30 = .42 inch 20 = .28 inch 18 = .25 inch 9 = .13 inch

You can shorten the Mfg name if you need to save room in word charts or the pattern grid. Example: With Delica beads, you would omit the first 2 (the DB) characters. It will also eliminated in the Bead Color List.

- Page 36:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into PDF... (continued) Layout (continued) If you check the box for Write page title, all pages will have a default title according to what is on the page. If you uncheck the box, no pages will have titles. If you added your own Header, it will still print on all pages. If you check the box for Create bookmarks, the PDF creates bookmarks to each section in a panel. If you check the box Output design size on preview page, the wording is Image Preview, size (inches): design 0.00 x 0.00, bead 0.00 x 0.00. If you uncheck the box, the wording is Image preview.

You can put this information in the PDF’s Properties information. Creator shows up in the PDF’s properties information as Application. Author shows up as Author. Title shows up as Title.

Entering a http:// address will create a clickable button on the preview page in the lower right-hand corner. The URL tooltip is nonfunctional at this time. Each of the elements available can have their own font and font size. As indicated, 4 of the elements also have the option to change the font color. Additionally, the elements you have added can each have their own paper orientation.

Click on the [OK] button to keep your Layout settings and return to the Export into PDF as dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to close this dialog box without changing the Layout settings. - Page 37:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into PDF... (continued) Cover

You can have a ‘cover page’ or not. It will show a graphic of the bead pattern in the center of the page. The size of the graphic is determined by the three choices. You can also include the Price, Title and Designer information for the design.

Traditional: This has a larger graphic than White Space. If you included Price, Title and Designer information; then the Price is in the upper right-hand corner, the Title and Designer are centered below the graphic. White Space: This has a slightly smaller graphic than Traditional. If you included Price, Title and Designer information; then the Price is in the upper right-hand corner, the Title is centered above the graphic, and the Designer is centered below the graphic. Full: The graphic fills the page. If you included Price, Title and Designer information; then the Price is in the upper right-hand corner, the Title and Designer are centered below the graphic.

Clicking on the [Font] button brings up the Cover font dialog box. You can change the font type, size and color of the Price, Title and/or Designer.

Click on the [OK] button to save the font changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing the font.

- Page 38:1-


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into PDF... (continued) Preview Page Check this box to include a graphic image of the design. You can either have the image Fit To Page or in Actual Size. This will either enlarge a small design or will shrink a large pattern that will not normally fit on one page in actual bead size.

Color Index List

Check this box to include a color-by-color detail of each bead and where it is used in the pattern by row and column. It shows where each bead is positioned in the design by row and column.

Bead Color List This is the list of beads used in the design. To include in the PDF, check the Export box. You can choose which columns you want in the list. See Columns on next page. You can also sort one column by clicking on the column title. If you asked for the Grid with symbols, then the list will also have the symbols included.

Clicking on the [Columns...] button, opens a dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list. You can change how the columns are viewed. See Appendix B - Changing Palette Columns - Page 39:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into PDF... (continued) Grid (current pattern format) The Grid is the working graph. It is a colored spreadsheet and has the numbers or symbols over-layed. The size of the graph and the numbers of pages is determined by the program. This graph is not in the bead proportions (bead size with Width and Height) that you may be accustomed to using and what is commonly referred to as a ‘colored working graph’. There are many options in how the Grid can be printed out.

Export as: This option creates a Grid that shows the placement of each bead by it’s Index #. This number was assigned by the program when the colored was entered into the palette. Number (Real Color)

Export as: This option creates a Grid that shows the placement of each bead by it’s MFG Name. This ‘name’ is actually a MFG Name number, or combination of letters and numbers, that was given to each color when it was entered into the palette. (Real Color)

If you use the Black Color option, this creates a Grid of just text with a white background. Sometimes it is just easier Export as: to read the pattern without color. Number or MFG Name (Black Color)

- Page 40:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into PDF... (continued) Grid (current pattern format) (continued) Export as: If you use Symbol with Real Color, there are symbols placed over the RGB color in the Grid. Symbol (Real Color)

Export as: If you use Symbol with Black Color, there are just symbols in black over a white background. Symbol (Black Color)

Export as: Symbol (3 Colors)

If you use Symbol with 3 Colors, there are colored symbols over a white background. The Output and 3 color output in the Selects Symbols & 3 colors works with this only.

- Page 41:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into PDF... (continued) Grid (current pattern format) (continued) Select Symbols: If you have selected the Symbols, the [Select Symbols & 3 Colors] button becomes available. You can change the Font, or change the Symbol used for bead colors. Click on the button and the Select Symbols dialog box opens. If you chose Symbols & 3 Colors from the dropdown menus, you can change the symbol’s color by clicking on the bead color and then choosing Black, Red or Blue as the symbols color.

The default font is Symbol (or the equivalent of what’s in your font folder). You can change to any font that is installed on your computer. You also have a choice of the size (height) of the font. Click on the [Select Font] button and a standard font dialog box opens. Changing the symbol is simple. Click on the bead color in Used Palette Colors section; then find and click on the new symbol in the Symbols section. Click on the [Apply selected symbol] button.

Once you have all the new symbols and/or colors assigned, click on the [OK] button to save your changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything. - Page 42:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into PDF... (continued) The Word Chart is a row-by-row listing of the bead design. It can be in either a Table or Columns (1-3) format.

Word Chart

Export as Number

This option creates a row-by-row text listing by the Index #. This number was assigned by the program when the colored was entered into the palette.. The Index # is enclosed in parentheses and is proceeded by the number of consecutive beads of that color. Example: 2(234) 5(434) 38(234).

Export as Mfg Name

This option creates a row-by-row text listing by the MFG Name. This ‘Name’ is actually a number, or a combination of letters and numbers, that was given to each color when it was entered into the palette. The MFG Name is enclosed in parentheses and is proceeded by the number of consecutive beads of that color. Example: 2(DB0324) 5(DB0756) 38(DB0331).

Available for Peyote ONLY

If your Bead Pattern is in the Peyote format, this option becomes available. The two choices are Combined or Original. You can choose to either combined the first two rows or to not combine them. NOTE: If you choose to Combine the first two rows, they will become Row 1 and row 3 will become Row 2, etc...

Direction of Rows Loom ONLY Choices:

Peyote, Brick, and Herringbone Choices:

This is to choose the directions of the rows. Which one you choose will depend on the beading format and your preferences. In BeadCreator the rows and columns always start in the upper left-hand corner of the pattern. Not everyone weaves beads in the same directions, so there are different directions offered.

NOTE: If you have removed, cut or deleted any beads from the design, they will be indicated by ‘skip’.

- Page 43:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into PDF... (continued) Word Chart (continued) Table

You have the option of creating your Word Chart in a Table or Column(s).

You can have the text colored in the bead’s RGB color code. The options is for Table Word Chart only.

Columns

You can create Word Charts in columns. You have the choice of 1, 2 , or 3 columns. You can also change the spacing between columns from the Layout options.

1 Column

2 Columns

- Page 44:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into PDF... (continued) Word Chart (continued) Columns (continued) NOTE: Color word chart output does not work in Columns.

Each design will keep the settings you used last automatically. Checking the box will save all your settings for use with other designs when you close the dialog box.

This is a quick way to send the PDF by e-mail. The PDF opens up in Reader and you can proof read before actually sending it via e-mail. Just check the box and the [Send as...] button becomes active. Click on the button and the Send design by e-mail dialog box pops up. Fill in the Send to and Subject. Type in your Text message. Be sure the Attach current beaded design box is checked. Click the [OK] button. When you click on the [Save] button in the Export into PDF As dialog box, the PDF is created and your e-mail software will pop-up.

When you click on the [Save] button, the PDF document is saved in the location you specified and the file opens. The file format (.pdf) is added for you or you can add it yourself. The document will open for you to preview.

You can cancel the creation of the PDF document by clicking on the [Cancel] button. - Page 45:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into HTML... Export into HTML... has basically the same options as the Exporting into PDF... There are some differences. Requires Microsoft Internet Explorer browser to view and print the document. See Appendix F - File Association

Export into RTF... Export into RTF... has basically the same options as the Exporting into PDF... There are some differences. Requires Microsoft Word (version 2003, or later) to create, view, edit and print the document. If you have the 2007 version of Word, there is a PDF Add-in available that lets you create PDFs. So you can edit the (.rtf) file and create a PDF from Word. Just do a search on Google for ‘PDF Add-in for Microsoft Word’ and follow the instructions to install. See Appendix F - File Association

- Page 46:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Export in format—————————————————————— Export... (continued) Export into XML... This exports the palette of your design to Extensible Markup Language file format. The Export into XML format... dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the palette saved; then put a unique name in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the palette and exit the dialog box.

———————————————————————Components——————————————————————— Palette in Own Format... Lets you save the current palette, including any changes you have made to it. You can rename and use the palette with a different design. The default path is C:\Program Files\BeadCreator (your version)\Palettes. The Save Palette As dialog box opens. Browse to the Palette folder and type the name of the ‘new palette’ in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the palette and exit the dialog box.

- Page 47:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

———————————————————————Components——————————————————————— Export... (continued) Palette in XML Format...

This exports the palette of your design to Extensible Markup Language file format. The Export into XML format... dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the palette saved; then put a unique name in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the palette and exit the dialog box. Palette in Excel Format... This exports the palette of your design to an Excel format. The Export Current Table As Excel File. dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the palette saved; then put a unique name in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the palette and exit the dialog box.

By checking the Omit unused colors box, you can just show the beads used in the palette.

Clicking on the [Columns...] button, opens a dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list. You can change how the columns are viewed. See Appendix B - Changing Palette Columns - Page 48:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

———————————————————————Components——————————————————————— Export... (continued) Original image... Lets you save the original source image in a JPG, PNG, or Windows Bitmap file format. Click on the [Export] button. The Save Original Image As dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the file stored and give it a name in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the image. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the image and exit the dialog box. See Appendix A - Working with Graphic Images

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Send by email... This is a quick way to send a copy of the design file (.bc) attached to an e-mail. Fill in the Send to and Subject. Type in your Text message.

Click on the [OK] button to send and your e-mail software will open and send the e-mail. Click on the [Cancel] button to not send.

- Page 49:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Properties... Opens the Pattern Properties dialog box, which gives you information on the pattern. You can save the original graphic image or the palette to a different file name or file format. You can give the pattern a ‘nickname’ for use with InventoryManager. It also show you the current cost. Press the [Esc] key on the keyboard to exit or click on the X in the upper right-hand corner to close the dialog box.

Pattern

Gives you the current design’s detailed information.

Design Nickname Click on the [Nick...] button and the Assign current design nick dialog box opens. In order to use the design in the inventory system it must have a nickname. This is a way to give designs created with version 4.0 or older a nickname. It also shows a list of existing nicknames. It would probably be easiest to just add ‘inv’ to the name of the design. The name in the Title Bar will be the ‘nickname’; but you will open the file with it’s original name.

Click on the [OK] button to save the nickname and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without assign a nickname.

- Page 50:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Properties... (continued) Export Original Image

Lets you save the original source image in a JPG, PNG, or Windows Bitmap file format. Click on the [Export] button. The Save Original Image As dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the file stored and give it a name in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the image. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the image and exit the dialog box. See Appendix A - Working with Graphic Images Export Palette Lets you save the current palette, including any changes you have made to it. You can rename and use the palette with a different design. You can also save the palette in XML and Excel formats You can choose which columns will be exported.

Clicking on the [Columns...] button, opens a dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list. You can change how the columns are viewed. See Appendix B - Changing Palette Columns - Page 51:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Properties... (continued) Export Palette (continued) BeadCreator Format...

Lets you save the current palette, including any changes you have made to it. You can rename and use the palette with a different design. Click on the [BeadCreator...] button. The Save Palette As dialog box opens. Browse to the Palette folder and type the name of the ‘new palette’ in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the palette and exit the dialog box.

XML Format...

This exports the palette of your design to Extensible Markup Language file format. Click on the [XML...] button. The Export into XML format... dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the palette saved; then put a unique name in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the palette and exit the dialog box.

- Page 52:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 2 - File Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Properties... (continued) Export Palette (continued) Excel Format...

Lets you save the current palette, including any changes you have made to it. You can rename and use the palette with a different design. Click on the [Excel...] button. The Save Palette As dialog box opens. Browse to the Palette folder and type the name of the ‘new palette’ in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the palette and exit the dialog box.

Inventory This gives you the current cost information. It also gives information on the design’s nickname or that the design does not have a nickname.

Shortage Report

Click on the [Report...] button and the Shortage Beads Report opens. This same report is available from Menu>Inventory and it is explained in detail there.

- Page 53:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 2 - File Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Protection... Your serial number should be indicated here. Password for pattern editing: You can password protect your design. Please write this password down in a safe place. If you do give the design a password, when you edit the design, the Please enter password dialog box opens. Enter the password; then click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without entering the password.

BCP Viewer: This is a stand-alone application that you can send to others that do not have BeadCreator. It lets them view designs. The software is being updated as of this version of BeadCreator and not available at this time. E-Junkie:

From the web site e-junkie.com: E-junkie provides shopping cart and buy now buttons to let you sell downloads and tangible goods on your website, eBay, MySpace, Google Base, CraigsList and other websites using PayPal Standard, PayPal Pro, Google Checkout, Authorize.Net, TrialPay, ClickBank and 2CheckOut. For merchants selling downloads, we automate and secure the digital delivery of files and codes. If you are selling tangible goods, we automate the shipping calculation and inventory management. Our shopping cart has a built in sales tax, VAT, packaging and shipping cost calculator. You can sell ebooks, sell mp3 tracks and albums, sell software, icons, fonts, artwork, phone cards, event tickets, cds, posters, books, t-shirts and almost everything else you want to sell. E-junkie has no transaction limit, no bandwidth limit, no setup fee and no transaction fee.

E-Junkie Account Number:

Obtain from website.

E-Junkie Product Number:

Information should be available from website.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving changes. - Page 54:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 2 - File Commands

————————————————————————Print————————————————————————— Print.... You can print the design. You should use the Print Setup and Print Preview, before actually printing the design. Opens the Print Bead Pattern dialog box. At the bottom left corner of the Print Bead Pattern dialog box, select which representation of the design you want to print. (You can only print one at a time.) Pattern on One Page: This option does NOT print the image to scale. It sizes it down or up, so that if fits on a single sheet of paper. Pattern in Real Size: This option prints the bead pattern design to scale using as many pieces of paper as it takes. You can then arrange the pages, taping them together, and use it as a foundation to bead the design.

Click on the [OK] button to print or the [Cancel] button to not print.

Print Preview You can preview the print of the design. You should use the Print Setup, before actually printing the design. This setting is also located at: Menu>Options>Preferences>Pattern Print Preview Mode

If your ‘actual size’ pattern is bigger than one page, it will be printed on multiple pages. Some people like to bead over actual size patterns. - Page 55:1 -


Chapter 2 - File Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

————————————————————————Print————————————————————————— Print Setup... Opens the standard Windows Print Setup dialog box, where you specify the printer you want to use, paper size and page orientation. You can also configure other printing properties as allowed by your printer driver.

Click on [OK] to change the printer. Click on the [Cancel] to exit the dialog box without changing the printer.

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Exit

Exits the program. If you have not saved the current design’s changes, you will be prompted to do so before the program closes.

Click on the [Yes] button to save your work and exit the program. Click on the [No] button to not save your work and exit the program. Click on the [Cancel] button to not exit the program. NOTE: While working on your design, three stars (***) appears by it’s name on the bar at the top of the program. This means you have changed it and it needs to be saved. Sometimes the name will change to ‘untitled’; but it is still there. - Page 56:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Allows you to copy the design on the Main Design Screen into the clipboard. You can then paste into graphic imaging software that is Copy installed on your computer.

Undo Allows you to cancel any previous action.

Redo Allows you to apply any canceled previous action.

———————————————————————Adjust Colors—————————————————————— Color Editor... This opens the Color Editor dialog box, which contains tools to let you edit bead colors. You have a set of Drawing Tools that makes it easier. Become familiar with what each tool does. The Color Editor is also where you can find the current pricing (by tubes needed) information for the design. Drawing Tools:

To use the drawing tools, have a color selected; then left-click on the tool.

Pencil: Use the Pencil tool on individual beads by clicking on each bead you want to color. You can also use it to create non-linear lines by holding down the primary mouse button and dragging the cursor around. Every bead you drag over will be colored. Line: The Line tool makes it easy to draw perfectly straight lines. Place the cursor at one endpoint of the line and hold down the primary mouse button. Drag the cursor in the direction you want the line to go. You will see a thin black line between the starting point and the cursor which indicates where the line would go if you released the cursor. Move the cursor to the desired endpoint and release the mouse button. A line is drawn between the two endpoints. NOTE: The Line tool is best used for drawing perfectly straight and diagonal lines, however it can be used to draw lines at other angles as well. - Page 57:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Adjust Colors——————————————————————— Color Editor... (continued) Drawing Tools: (continued) Rectangle: Use the Rectangle tool to draw rectangular or square “frames”. Place the cursor where you want one corner of the rectangle to be, then hold down the primary mouse button and drag the cursor outward to define the are of the rectangle. A thin black line indicates where the rectangle will be drawn. Move the cursor where you want the opposite corner of the rectangle to be and release the mouse button. Filled Rectangle: This tool functions just like the Rectangle tool above except that the entire area inside the rectangle is filled with the selected color. Use this when you want to create a solid colored box instead of a hollow frame. Ellipse: Use the Ellipse tool to draw hollow circles and oval shapes. Place the cursor at an outside edge of where you want the shape to be drawn, then hold down the primary mouse button and drag outwards to define the parameter of the shape. A thin black line indicates the shape and location of where the shape will be created. When the desired shape is attained, release the mouse button. Filled Ellipse: This tool functions just like the Ellipse tool above except that the entire area inside the circle/oval is filled with the selected color. Use this when you want to create a solid colored shape instead of a hollow shape. Fill Area: This tool allows you to fill in any enclosed area with the selected color. It is very handy and can be used in several ways. To use this tool, simply click once on the place where you want to apply it. - Filling an enclosed space. If you previously created a rectangular or oval frame, you can select this tool and click inside the shape to automatically color everything inside the frame. (The frame retains its original color). - Re-coloring a solid shape. If you have a solid shape such as a solid oval or rectangle, you can select this tool and click on the shape to change its color. - Applying the background color. If you click outside of a closed shape, then every bead that has not already been colored will receive the selected color.

- Page 58:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Color Editor... (continued) You can right-click on a bead to determine it’s color. It will be highlighted in the list. To edit a color, click a color in the list; then either leftclick on a bead or move the mouse while holding the left button. The cursor will change to the color of the bead selected.

To select a color, you can also enter the Color # (Index) or the MFG # (Mfg Name).

If you want to view only the colors that you have already used in the bead pattern, check the Omit Unused Colors box. This makes it much easier to re-select the colors that you have already used once; but does not affect the palette.

Clicking on the [Columns...] button, opens a dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list. You can change how the columns are viewed. See Appendix B - Changing Palette Columns

If you fill in the pricing information of the beads in the palette; then this will give you the current price of all the beads needed by the amount of tubes.

NOTE: To correct the Usage column if you have used new colors, not previously checked to be used in design, go to Menu>Edit>Check Only Used Colors.

- Page 59:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Adjust Colors——————————————————————— Color Editor... (continued) The Init Value X is how many beads were used when the design was created or last saved. The Current Value X is how many beads are being used in the design now. This section is the same as Use only XX colors... available from Menu>Edit. If you have created a design and already saved it; but you would like to lower the number of colors used; then you can enter the number of colors used here. Caution should be used and only decrease this number in small increments (5-10). Enter a number into the Reduce total colors used to field.

Click on the [Show] button and the design shows an X over every bead that is going to change.

Click on the [Apply] button and the design will change to the lower amount of colors used.

Click on the [Clear] button if you do not want to make the change. Click on the [Undo] button to remove any changes you have made. Click on the [Redo] button to see any changes you have undone.

Click on the [OK] button to keep your changes. Click on the [Cancel] to exit the dialog box without making any changes. You can also hit the Esc key on your keyboard to exit without changing anything.

- Page 60:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Adjust Colors——————————————————————— Design Editor... Opens the Design Editor dialog box, which allows you to copy a portion of your design and move it onto other areas of the same design. You can also open a different design with this dialog box and copy a portion of it onto the current design opened on the Main Design Screen. Working in the Design Editor (with same pattern or different pattern) Use the Scale to view your design larger and in more detail. Select the portion of the beaded design you want to copy. - Left click on a corner and hold the mouse’s button down. - Move the mouse diagonally and release the mouse button when finished. Once you have a selection, you can move it around by clicking on the [Details...] button. The Change Selected Source dialog box opens. You can move the selection in any direction and you can change it’s size. Once you have it the way you want it, click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

Working in the Design on the Main Design Screen To paste the selected beads, move the mouse to your design in the Main Design Screen and make a left button mouse click where you want them placed. You do not have to be exact because you can moved it around by clicking on the Left, Right, Top or Bottom buttons. You can also change the color of the pasted beads with the Transparency slider bar.

- Page 61:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Adjust Colors——————————————————————— Design Editor... (continued) Working in the Design Editor with a different design

Click on the [Open Design...] button and the Open Design File dialog box opens. Select the design you want to copy all or part of. Click on the design so that it’s name goes into the File Name field.

Click on the [Open] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without opening a design. NOTE: You will need to turn all the colors on in the palette before attempting to paste from a different design. Go to Menu>Edit>Check All Colors. Otherwise, you will get beads colors only turned on in the current design when you paste. Go back to the previous page for instructions.

By clicking of the [Select Full Design] button, all of the design in the Design Editor is copied. Drag the mouse to the design in the Main Design Screen and make a left button mouse click where you want them placed. You do not have to be exact because you can moved it around. You can also change the color of the pasted beads with the Transparency slider bar.

Click on the [Undo] button to remove any changes you have made. Click on the [Redo] button to see any changes you have undone.

Click on the [OK] button to keep your changes. Click on the [Cancel] to exit the dialog box without making any changes.

- Page 62:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

——————————————————————Adjust Colors——————————————————————— Edit Color Group... Opens the Edit Color Group dialog box, which allows you to change all of one selected color from the design to another color from the palette. Only the colors used in the design are shown in the top section. Change All Beads With Color (Top Section) Right-click on a bead in the design and it is highlighted in the top section.

Click on the [Show] button and all the beads of that color have an X put over then in the design. Click on the [Hide] button to remove the Xs.

If you know the bead color you wish to change, you can type in it’s Color # (Index) or Mfg # (Mfg Name). Sorting Columns You can sort any of the columns. If you are using a Dewey Delica Color Sorted Palette; then you can sort the Index column and the bead colors used in the design will be listed in color groups order. It will be much easier to find like colors and reduce the number of colors used in the design easier and faster. On Next Color (Bottom Section) You can click on the bead color in the list from the palette that you want to change the color to.

If you know the bead color you wish to change to, you can type in it’s Color # (Index) or Mfg # (Mfg Name). Sorting Columns The default sort on the bottom section is by Mfg Name. Your can sort the columns.

Click on the [Change] button and the colors change in the design. - Page 63:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Adjust Colors——————————————————————— Edit Color Group... (continued) Clicking on the [Columns...] button, opens a dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list. You can change how the columns are viewed. See Appendix B - Changing Palette Columns Click on the [Undo] button to remove any changes you have made. Click on the [Redo] button to see any changes you have undone. Click on the [OK] button to keep your changes. Click on the [Cancel] to exit the dialog box without making any changes. NOTE: BeadCreator will render patterns with a large amount of bead colors used. Sometimes in the 200s plus. It also cannot tell the difference between types/finishes of the beads. It is up to you, the designer, to make these design decisions. Experience is the best teacher, so be patient with yourself. The tools necessary have been included with BeadCreator to help and guide you through the process.

- Page 64:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Adjust Colors——————————————————————— Use Only XX colors... Opens the Use only XX Colors dialog box, where you can specify the maximum number of colors you want BeadCreator to use in the design. The program will automatically optimize the palette using only that number. If you have created a design and already saved it; but you would like to lower the number of colors used; then you can enter the number of colors used here. Caution should be used and only decrease this number in small increments (5-10). The Init Value X is how many beads were used when the design was created or last saved. The Current Value X is how many beads are being used in the design now. Enter a number into the Reduce total colors used to field. Click on the [Show] button and the design shows an X over every bead that is going to change. Click on the [Apply] button and the design will change to the lower amount of colors used. Click on the [Clear] button if you do not want to make the change. If you filled in the pricing information of the beads in the palette; then this will give you the current price of all the beads needed by the amount of tubes.

Click on the [Undo] button to remove your changes. Click on the [Redo] button to put your changes back.

Click on the [OK] button to keep your changes. Click on the [Cancel] to exit the dialog box without making any changes.

- Page 65:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Adjust Colors——————————————————————— Brush... Opens the Brush dialog box. Your cursor turns into a brush tool. With a blank pattern, you can start coloring in your design. With a rendered pattern, you can fine tune the colors.

You are not limited to colors only used in the design. You can also choose a color from the dropdown list. The entire palette is available from this list.

You can choose how many beads wide the brush will be. You can also left-mouse click and drag to color continuously.

Click on the [Undo] button to remove your changes. It only removes the color change one bead at a time. Click on the [Redo] button to put your changes back. Click on the [OK] button to keep the changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

- Page 66:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Adjust Colors——————————————————————— Add Text... Opens the Add Text Into Design dialog box, which lets you place text elements in the design. Type in the text you want to place in your design.

Click on the [Font] button and the standard Window’s Font dialog box opens. Choose your font and it’s size and click the [OK] button to keep your font change.

You can choose a color from the design’s palette from the color drop-down list. Click on the [Apply] button to add the text to your design. The Transparency Slider Bar is non-functional.

You can move the text around by either left-clicking the mouse on the text and dragging it to where you want it. Or you can click on the Left, Right, Top or Bottom buttons. Click on the [OK] button to keep the changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

- Page 67:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Adjust Colors——————————————————————— This will let you change the palette of a design to a different palette. Example: If you have a design you were working on Change Palette... in a prior version of BeadCreator; but you want to work with it in the new Dewey Delica Group Color Sort palette.

There are two factors that effect how your design is mapped from the old palette to the new palette. If your design was created from a graphic image or a blank pattern is the first factor. The second is if the Mfg name is the same or not in both palettes. NOTE: You should work with a copy of your design because there is no Undo available. You can close BeadCreator without saving your chances. You should also print out a Bead Color List from Menu>File>Export into PDF. You may need this to edit any changes you do not like. If the Mfg names do not match, old colors may be replaced with nearest matching new colors. This process is basically creating a new design from an old design based on the new palette. If the Mfg names do match, then colors should be replaced with the same Mfg name in the new palette. Sometimes, they do not get mapped exactly and are replaced with nearest RGB color anyway. If you need to edit the colors after changing your design to a new palette; then go to Menu>Edit>Edit Color Group. This is where the printed list is handy. PROBLEM: As of this version, there is a know problem when the old palette does not have a DB in the Mfg Name and the new palette does. The whole design turns one solid color. Work Around: Change one used bead color’s Mfg Name to match the new palette’s Mfg Name. (Example: 0377 to DB0377)

- Page 68:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————Adjust Colors——————————————————————— Change Palette... (continued)

Click on the [Browse...] button to choose the new palette. The Select a palette file dialog box opens. Browse to where the palette is located and click on it so that the name goes in the File name field. Supported Formats: Own Palette Files(.pal) Bead Tool Palette Files (.btc) BeadCellar Palette File (.xml) Click on the [Open] button to open the palette. Clicking on the [Cancel] button exits the dialog box with opening a palette.

The new palette in shown in the On Following Palette section. Click on the [Apply] button. The design is changed on the Main Design Screen.

Click on the [OK] button to keep the changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit without changing palettes.

There is no Undo available; but you can close BeadCreator without saving the changes. Clicking on the [Columns...] button, opens a dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list. You can change how the columns are viewed. See Appendix B - Changing Palette Columns - Page 69:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

————————————————————————Shaping———————————————————————— Crop Editor... Opens the Crop Editor dialog box, which allows you to crop around the edges of the design. In the Crop Editor dialog box you can increase the Scale so you can see the beads better. Select a portion of the beaded design in this window: - Left-click on a corner and hold the mouse’s button. - Move the mouse on the diagonal corner and free the button.

Click on the [Details...] button and the Change Selected Source dialog box opens. Once you have select an area of beads, you can move the selected area around with the Position buttons and/or increase or decreased it’s size with the Size buttons.

Click on the [OK] button to keep the changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box with changing anything.

Click on the [Apply Selection] button and all but the selected beads are eliminated from the pattern. You should Menu>File>Save As... this new pattern for later use.

Click on the [OK] button to keep the changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything. - Page 70:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

————————————————————————Shaping———————————————————————— Contour Editor... This opens the Contour Editor dialog box, which allows you to remove blocks of beads within the design. You have a set of Drawing Tools that makes it easier. Become familiar with what each tool does NOTE: this is great for doing fringework. Some of the drawing tools can be forced to maintain a shape by placing a checkmark in the Only right shape (circle & square) box. The yellow color in the icon indicates which beads (inside or outside) will be removed.

Click on the [Replace All Removed Beads] button to put all the removed beads back into the bead pattern. Even if you have saved the changes made, you can re-open the Contour Editor and replace the removed beads. NOTE: If you have removed, any beads from the design, they will be indicated by ‘skip’.

Click on the [Undo] button to remove your changes. Click on the [Redo] button to put your changes back. Click on the [OK] button to keep the changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box with changing anything. Drawing Tools: To use the drawing tools, have a color selected; then left-click on the tool. Pencil: You can remove any bead via left mouse click Line: You can remove any line of beads as followings - Left click on a first point and hold mouse’s button. - Move the mouse on the second point and free the button. - Page 71:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

————————————————————————Shaping———————————————————————— Contour Editor... (continued) Drawing Tools: (continued) Rectangle: You can remove any rectangle block of beads as followings - Left click on a corner and hold mouse’s button. - Move the mouse on the diagonal corner and free the button.

Only right shape (circle & square)

Filled Rectangle: You can remove any rectangle block of bead as followings - Left click on a corner and hold mouse’s button. -Move the mouse on the diagonal corner and free the button.

Only right shape (circle & square)

Ellipse: You can remove any ellipse block of beads as followings - Left click on a corner and hold mouse’s button. - Move the mouse on the diagonal corner and free the button.

Only right shape (circle & square)

Filled Ellipse: You can remove any ellipse block of beads as followings - Left click on a corner and held mouse’s button. - Move the mouse on the diagonal corner and free the button.

Only right shape (circle & square)

Outlined Ellipse: You can remove any ellipse block of beads as followings - Left click on a corner and held mouse’s button. - Move the mouse on the diagonal corner and free the button.

Only right shape (circle & square)

Design by Sample...

The Design by sample dialog box opens. Allows you to duplicate the image to create a larger image pattern. You enter how many duplicates of the entire image you want across (Width) and how many times down (Height). You can flip or mirror image by checking the Execute the tumbling through 1 once check box.

Click on the [Apply] button to see the results. Click on the [OK] button to keep the changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything. - Page 72:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

————————————————————————Shaping———————————————————————— Add/Remove Columns/Rows... The Add/Remove Columns/Rows dialog box opens. Allows you to add or remove columns or rows. Choose the appropriate tab. You can preview on the design where your addition or removal will be. When adding, you can choose the color from the drop-down list. In the column/row field, enter the number you are adding or removing. In the Location section, you can move in any direction the number you enter into the appropriate field. Find the rows or columns number on the design with the mouse and then look at the Status Bar for the column or row numbers. Add Rows

Add Columns

Click on the [Add] button to see a preview.

Click on the [Add] button to see a preview. Remove Rows

Remove Columns

Click on the [Remove] button to see a preview.

Click on the [Remove] button to see a preview.

Click on the [Undo] button to remove your changes. Click on the [Finish] button to keep your changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving the changes. - Page 73:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

————————————————————————Shaping———————————————————————— Add Individual Beads... The Add Individual Beads dialog box opens. You can add one bead at a time to the top or bottom of the design. You can place it’s position where you want it; but you can move it’s position after it is added. Choose the bead’s placement by first clicking on the location in the Where drop-down list. Then choose the Column where you want the bead by entering it’s number in the Position drop-down list. You can choose the bead’s color from the Color drop-down list.

When ready, click on the [Add] button and the bead will be added to the design. Move the latest added bead

Once the bead is added to your design, you can move it across the row by clicking on the [To The Left] or [To The Right] buttons. Click on the [OK] button to keep the changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

- Page 74:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

————————————————————————Shaping———————————————————————— Change Design/Bead Size... The Change Design/Bead Size dialog box opens. You can change the design size, the bead size and/or the total number of beads in the rows and/or columns. NOTE: You should work with a copy of your original design when using this function. Look up the pattern’s properties from Menu>File>Properties. This gives you the exact sizes of the design. Get out a calculator because this requires doing some math. See Appendix D - How to Determine Bead Size - Look up bead per inch chart. When you open the Change Design/Bead Size dialog box, the Bead Parameters is NOT going to show the correct Width or Height (in inches) of the pattern. The Design Size may be a little bit off also.

In this example, a design was created in Loom Format at 20 bead per inch across and 15 beads per inch down (default size 11). The actual bead loom the design is going to be weaved on results in 17.5 beads per inch across at a loose tension. The design size needs to retain it’s proportion because it was created from a graphic image. In the Beads per Inch Chart, look up 17.5. It equals 0.05714. 3.0 width times 17.5 = 52.5 beads. 0.05714 x 53 beads width = 3.02842. Double check width - 45 times 0.06667 = 3.00015. See below for what was entered into the dialog box.

Click on the [Apply] button to see your changes. Click on the [OK] button to keep your changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything. Look up the pattern’s properties from Menu>File>Properties again to check if changes were correct.

NOTE: Before opening the dialog box, open a Separate Pattern Preview from Menu>View. You can compare what the design looked like to what it is going to change to. Your math may take some tweaking to avoid changing the pattern too much. - Page 75:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

————————————————————————Shaping———————————————————————— Mirror... Opens the Mirror dialog box. This only works on the design. You can rotate the design in four different ways. Experiment with the settings to become familiar with what each does.

Click on the [OK] button to see the change and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing the design. See Color Map, Process Selection in Chapter 1 for editing a design with a mirror effect. NOTE: Before opening the dialog box, open a Separate Pattern Preview from Menu>View. You can compare what the design looked like to what it is going to change to.

Rotate 90 degrees

Each time you select this command it rotates the design clockwise by 90 degrees.

- Page 76:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

————————————————————Non-standard Pattern Format——————————————————— Beads Position... The Correct beads position dialog box opens. Select a bead in the design with a left-mouse click; then click on the NEW position in the dialog box where you want the bead to move to.

Click on the [OK] button to keep the change and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing the position. This is not working correctly.

Vertical Peyote Stitch... The Vertical Peyote Stitch dialog box opens.

Left-click on the column you wish to move. If it’s position is Up, then the [Move Down] button becomes active. If it’s position is Down, then the [Move Up] button becomes active.

Click on the [OK] button to keep the changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

- Page 77:1 -


Chapter 3 - Edit Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

————————————————————Non-standard Pattern Format——————————————————— Multiple Pattern Formats... The Create Multiple Pattern Formats dialog box opens. You can mix and match pattern formats within the same design. You can only change existing rows. With your mouse, find the bead rows (indicated in Status Bar) and make note of them. You can Add, Delete or Edit rows. Click on the appropriate button. The Bead Part Props dialog box opens. Enter the Row Number and select the Pattern Format.

Click on the [OK] button to keep the change and exit the Bead Part Props dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to not keep the change and exit the Bead Part Props dialog box. Click on the [Apply] button to preview the change. Clicking on the [Exit] button keeps the change and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to not keep the change and exit the dialog box.

——————————————————————Palette Colors——————————————————————— Check Only Used Colors This lets you uncheck all the unused bead colors in the Usage column.

Check All Colors

This lets you check all the bead colors in the Usage column.

- Page 78:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 4 - View Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Show Composite When you open the Composite Screen the right side of the Main Design Screen, where the Current Pattern Info was, switches to the Library window. See Menu>Library for it’s instructions.

————————————————————————Pattern———————————————————————— Separate Pattern Preview Gives you a separate window to preview your design.

Outline Bead Toggles the Outline Bead function off and on. Creates an outline around each bead for a better definition on the view screen. It also creates an X over each bead.

Show Grid Allows you to view the grid on your design. The grid does not print. The default is a red grid every 10 beads. You can change the default settings at Menu>Options>Preferences>Miscellaneous.

Scale... The Source image scale dialog box opens. It allows you to manually adjust the percentage magnification of the image/pattern. Changing the magnification does not affect the pattern or the original image file at all — it just allows you to view the image larger or smaller. Click on the [OK] button to keep your changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit without changing the scale. - Page 79:1 -


Chapter 4 - View Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

————————————————————————Bars————————————————————————— Customize Tool Bars... Commands The Customize Tool Bars dialog box opens. You can change what icons are on your Toolbar. Select Category in left window and mouse drag the Command from the right window on toolbar panel for adding the Command to the toolbar. You can type in a Description. You can reorder the toolbar icons by pressing the [Alt] key on the keyboard while dragging with the mouse. When done, click on the [Close] button.

Toolbars By checking or un-checking the Show ToolTips, you can toggle on and off the labels which can be viewed as you move your mouse over each icon. A description also appears in the Status Bar.

By checking or un-checking the With Shortcut Keys, you can toggle on and off showing the Shortcut Keys in the label. You can create your own unique Toolbar. It can be placed anywhere on the Main Design Screen.

- Page 80:1 -


Chapter 4 - View Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

————————————————————————Bars————————————————————————— Customize Tool Bars... (continued) Toolbars (continued) Click on the [New...] button and the Toolbar Name dialog box opens. Type in a name for the new toolbar in the Toolbar Name field. Click on the [OK] button to create the new toolbar. Click on the [Cancel] button to not create a new toolbar and exit the dialog box.

A small dialog box appears. Click on the Commands Tab.

You can drag and drop commands into your new toolbar. If your new toolbar disappears, you can get it back by clicking on the Toolbars Tab. You might need to re-select the new toolbar before it re-appears. If you choose a command that does not have an icon associated with it, you can add an icon. The Button Appearance dialog box opens.

You have a choice between Image only, Text only, or Image and Text. You can change the Button text in the fill-in field. You can choose from the icons shown in the Select User-desired Image. You can Edit those icons. You can add a new icon that you can create yourself by clicking on the New button.

Click on the [OK] button to save and exit. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving any changes.

- Page 81:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 4 - View Commands

————————————————————————Bars————————————————————————— Customize Tool Bars... (continued) Toolbars (continued)

The Button Image Editing dialog box opens from both the [New...] and [Edit...] buttons. There are some Drawing and Editing Tools available that you will need to become familiar with before proceeding.

When you are finished with creating or editing the icon, click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving the icon. You will return to the Button Appearance dialog box.

Drawing Tools: Pencil

Editing Tools: Copy

Fill

Paste

Pick

Clear

Line

Rectangle

Ellipse Click on the [OK] button to save and exit. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving any changes. You will return to the Customize Toolbars dialog box. Click on the [Close] button to keep your changes and exist the dialog box. - Page 82:1 -


Chapter 4 - View Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

————————————————————————Bars————————————————————————— Customize Tool Bars... (continued) Either the [Reset] or the [Reset All] button will erase any changes you have made and restore the default of the Standard Toolbar

You can change the name of the toolbar you created by clicking on the [Rename...] button and filling in the new name in the Toolbar Name dialog box; then click the [OK] button.

You can delete your toolbar by clicking on the [Delete] button.

When done, click on the [Close] button.

Tool Bar

Toggles the tool bar (beneath the menu commands) on and off.

Ruler Bar

Toggles the rulers on an off. The rulers appear along the left and top edges.

Status Bar

Toggles the status bar on and off. The status bar appears along the bottom of the program window and shows information of the graphic image, the dimensions of the pattern, the number of beads, cost, the number of colors used in the design, palette name, beads checked and used, and the total number of beads in the palette. See Menu>Options>Preferences>Status Bar Info. Original Image Info Pattern Info Palette Info

Pattern Snapshot

Toggles the Pattern Snapshot on and off. Pattern Snapshot gives you quick bead information such as bead’s row, column, color, and summary. When you move your mouse on any bead in the design, the Pattern Snapshot of that bead is shown to the left side of the Status bar. - Page 83:1 -


Chapter 4 - View Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

————————————————————————Bars————————————————————————— The Customize Context Menu dialog box opens. You can change the contents of Customize Context Menu... Context Menu 2. Context menus are opened by right-clicking with the mouse. Add: mouse drag the command from Available Commands list into the Commands In Menu list. (Bold font means that the command already exists in the right list and cannot be dragged.) Delete: select the command in the Commands In Menu list and click on the [Delete] key on the keyboard. Reorder: mouse drag the command within the Commands In Menu list. Rename: select the command in Available Commands list and left mouse click it or click on the [Insert] key on the keyboard.

See Chapter 1 Context Menu 2 for more information on the commands because some of them are only available for here and you do not want to delete them.

Clicking on the [Set commands by default] button returns any changes made to the Context Menu to the defaults. Click on the [OK] button to save your changes and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box with saving any changes. - Page 84:1 -


Chapter 5 - Library Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Design Screen

When you switch the Main Design Screen to Composite, the right side opens the Library. You can open with the icon or from Menu>View.

The Library is a filing system for storing your designs. The first thing you will need to do is create a Library file (.bcl). See Menu>Library>New...

So what can you do with your designs in your Library? You can add any design in your Library to another design opened in the Main Design Screen in the Composite View. This is referred to as a Composite Design. Usually, this other design is a blank design larger than the design in your Library. You can also use a design in your Library as a border to the design opened in the Main Design Screen. You can also select an area of the design in the Main Design Screen and drag it to the Library. This puts a new design into your Library that can be used later.

The regular Menu Undo and Redo commands are not available to designs in Composite View. It has it’s own. Clicking on the [Undo] and [Redo] buttons takes you backward or forward one change at a time.

NOTE: When working with Library files, it is recommended that you exit BeadCreator; then restart. Sometimes the color of designs will not be true and restarting the program should avoid this problem. - Page 85:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 5 - Library Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Design Screen (continued) Context Menu 4

Right-click on a pattern in the Library window and you get a Context Menu. You get three additions commands. Show in Full Size

A Pattern Preview window opens for the design you selected from your library. Apply as Border This put four separate selected areas of the design you selected from your library onto your composite design. You can drag and resize them. Color List... The Design Item Colors window opens. It shows a palette of the current design selected from your Library.

Clicking on the [Columns...] button, opens a dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list. You can change how the columns are viewed. See Appendix B - Changing Palette Columns Context Menu 5

Context Menu 6

Working with the design in the Composite view you can select an area of the design with the left-mouse click, hold and drag to select an area of the design. When you release the mouse, Context Menu 5 opens. You can Copy, Paste or Add to Design Library. Be sure that you have Marking on the Main Design Screen set to No Action or the menu will not open. Copy: If you choose Copy, then just move the mouse to where you want it pasted to and right-click. Context Menu 6 opens. Click on it and what you copied is pasted. Paste: Once you have selected and copied an area of the Composite Design, then left-mouseclick, hold and drag to select another area and choose Paste from Context Menu 5. Add to Design Library: You can left-mouse click, hold and drag to select an area of the Composite Design and then choose Add to Design Library and a new design is added to your library. - Page 86:1 -


Chapter 5 - Library Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— New... The New Design Library dialog box opens. Click on the [Add...] button and the Open Design File dialog box opens. The file format is .BCL.

Click on the design you want, so that it’s name goes into the File Name field; then click on the [Open] button to add design. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without adding a design. You can add more designs to your library. Just repeat that above procedure. When you are done adding your designs and back at the New Design Library dialog box, click on the [Save As...] button. The Save As dialog box opens. Type in a unique name in the File Name field. Click on the [Save] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving a new Library.

Open...

Once you are back at the New Design Library dialog box, click on the [OK] button. This new Library file opens in the right side of the Main Design Screen. If you click on the [Cancel] button, a new Library file is not created. Allows you to open an existing library (.bcl). The Open dialog box opens. Highlight the Library file you wish to open so that it’s name goes into the File Name field.

Click on the [Open] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without opening a Library file.

- Page 87:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 5 - Library Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Edit... Allows you to edit a Library. The Edit the library... dialog box opens. Click on the [Add...] button and the Open Design File dialog box opens.

Click on the design you want, so that it’s name goes into the File Name field; then click on the [Open] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without adding a design. You can add more designs to your library. Just repeat that above procedure. To remove a design from the Library, highlight the design in the list; then click on the [Delete] button. You can rename a design in the Library by highlighting it in the list; then click on the [Rename...] button. Retype the name in the list. You can reorder the list by highlighting the design you wish to move and then clicking on the [Up] or [Down] arrow buttons. To save any changes made to the Library, click on the [Save] button. Click on the [Save As...] button and the Save As dialog box opens. Type in a unique name in the File Name field.

Click on the [Save] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving a new Library.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes and exit the Edit the library dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving any changes. - Page 88:1 -


Chapter 5 - Library Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

———————————————————————Design Files——————————————————————— Browse For Path... Allows you to select a path for storing separate BeadCreator Library design files. The Browse Path dialog box opens. Browse the list to find the path to where you want them. The path you choose has to have at least one .bc file in it or you will get an error message. NOTE: You may want to create a folder for storing all your Library files. You will need to create the folder from Windows OS. Right-click on Start; then click on Explore. Browse to c:\\Program Files\BeadCreator. Click on BeadCreator; then go to Menu>File>New>Folder. Type in the name of your folder (ex: Library). Then copy any .bc file into this new folder. You can delete this .bc file later. Now you can use the Browse For Path... command to make this the Library’s default path.

Click on the [OK] button to save the path. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing the default path.

——————————————————————View Items As——————————————————————— Item Size... Allows you to view your library of stored designs at a designated size. The Show Design Item Size dialog box opens. Click in the circle of the size you want.

Click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing the viewing size.

- Page 89:1 -


Chapter 5 - Library Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Library Properties... The Design Library Properties dialog box opens. This shows you where the default path is.

- Page 90:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... Creating Single Pattern Books and Multiple Pattern Books are very similar. The instructions for both are included just once under Single Pattern... In most cases, it will be obvious when instructions apply to one and not the other type of book. For a single pattern, the design needs to be opened in the Main Design Screen.

The Create Single Pattern Book dialog box opens. This creates a PDF document similar to the one created from Export into PDF for one design. However, you can add written instructions in a book-type format. Requires Adobe’s Reader to view and print the PDF document. This is a free download available from www.adobe.com. The book will be saved in path C:\Documents and Setting\User\My Documents\BCP Books. A folder is created (book name) and contains the PDF document, a graphic image of the design and a file called .PatternBook. Book Design Tab You can create a new book or open an already existing book.

In the Book name field, type in the unique name of your document. Go through all the tabs and make your changes and choices for this book.

When done, click on the [OK] button to create the book. Clicking on the [Cancel] button exits without creating a book. - Page 91:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Book Design Tab (continued) Click on the [Open Book...] button and the Select Multi Pattern Book dialog box opens. Highlight the book you want to open.

Click on the [OK] button and the book opens. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without opening a book.

You can select a book and then click on the [Open Selected PDF Book...] button and the PDF document opens.

Cover You can have a ‘cover page’ or not. It will show a graphic of the bead pattern in the center of the page. The size of the graphic is determined by the three choices. You can also include the Price, Title and Designer information for the design. Traditional: This has a larger graphic than White Space. If you included Price, Title and Designer information; then the Price is in the upper right-hand corner, the Title and Designer are centered below the graphic. White Space: This has a slightly smaller graphic than Traditional. If you included Price, Title and Designer information; then the Price is in the upper right-hand corner, the Title is centered above the graphic, and the Designer is centered below the graphic. Full: The graphic fills the page. If you included Price, Title and Designer information; then the Price is in the upper right-hand corner, the Title and Designer are centered below the graphic.

- Page 92:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Book Design Tab (continued) Cover (continued)

Clicking on the [Font...] button brings up the Cover font dialog box. You can change the font type, size and color of the Price, Title and/or Designer. Click on the [OK] button to save the font changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing the font.

Single Pattern: You can delete the design from the book. Click on the [Delete Design] button.

Multiple Patterns: There are three way to add designs to a Multiple Pattern Book: 1) Click on the [Open Design...] button. The Select a design file for multiple publication dialog box opens. 2) Click on the [Latest Designs...] button. A recent list opens and you choose which design to add. 3) Click on the [Current Design] button. The design in the Main Design Screen is added. You can put some security into the PDF document. Experiment with these to determine what can and cannot be done to the PDF file by others. You can put this information in the PDF’s Properties information. Creator shows up in the PDF’s properties information as Application. Author shows up as Author. Title shows up as Title. - Page 93:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Fonts & Layout Tab

Click on the Fonts &Layout tab to choose font, font size, paper orientation and much more.

You can add additional information to the existing header and footer that BeadCreator has already there. See note below.

This measurement is in pixels, which is 72 per inch. The number can range from 0 to 90.

This measurement is in pixels, which is 72 per inch. The number can range from 4 to 40.

72 = 1.0 inch 54 = .75 inch 36 = .5 inch 30 = .42 inch 20 = .28 inch 18 = .25 inch 9 = .13 inch

You can shorten the Mfg name if you need to save room in word charts or the pattern grid. Example: With Delica beads, you would omit the first 2 (the DB) characters. It will also be eliminated in the Bead Color List. If you check the box for Write page title, all the pages will have a default title according to what is on the page. If you uncheck the box, no pages will have titles. If you added your own Header, it will still print on all pages. If you check the box for Create bookmarks, the PDF has bookmarks to each section in a panel. NOTE: There are footer defaults that cannot be changed. They are: Bottom Left: “BeadCreator (your ver.), Version ID: date and time” Bottom Right: “http://www.thoughtfishmedia.com Page X from X” The only way to eliminate or edit any wording added by BeadCreator in the PDF is to have an application that can edit PDF files. Adobe’s Reader is NOT that application. Both Adobe and Corel have these kind of applications. There are also some applications designed by individuals or small companies. - Page 94:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Fonts & Layout Tab (continued) You can reorder the blocks (tab sections). Click on the [Text blocks order...] button and the Text blocks order dialog box opens. Just click on the name and drag it to where you want it.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes and exit. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving the changes.

If you check the box Output design size on preview page, the wording is Image Preview, size (inches): design 0.00 x 0.00, bead 0.00 x 0.00. If you uncheck the box, the wording is Image preview.

Entering a http:// address will create a clickable button on the preview page in the lower right-hand corner. The URL tooltip is for providing additional information or instructions, if needed.

Each of the elements available can have their own font and font size. As indicated, 4 of the elements also have the option to change the font color. Additionally, the elements you have added can each have their own paper orientation.

- Page 95:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Pattern Elements Tab

You can choose which elements you want to include for the design. The Grid will indicate which Pattern Format the design has in Single Pattern Book. NOTE: In multiple pattern books, the Grid options may be limited if your multiple designs are in different Pattern Formats. It is the same for Word Charts. This is because some of the Pattern Formats have different choices available.

Preview Page

Check this box to include a graphic image of the design. You can either have the image Fit To Page or in Actual Size. This will either enlarge a small design or will shrink a large pattern that will not normally fit on one page in actual bead size.

Color Index List

Check this box to include a color-by-color detail of each bead and where it is used in the pattern by row and column. It shows where each bead is positioned in the design by row and column.

- Page 96:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Pattern Elements Tab Bead Color List This is the list of beads used in the design. To include in the PDF, check the Export box. You can choose which columns you want in the list. See Columns on next page. You can also sort one column by clicking on the column title. If you asked for the Grid with symbols, then the list will also have the symbols included.

Clicking on the [Columns...] button, opens a dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list. You can change how the columns are viewed. See Appendix B - Changing Palette Columns

- Page 97:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Pattern Elements Tab (continued) Grid (current pattern format) The Grid is the working graph. It is a colored spreadsheet and has the numbers or symbols over-layed. The size of the graph and the numbers of pages is determined by the program. This graph is not in the bead proportions (bead size with Width and Height) that you may be accustomed to using and what is commonly referred to as a ‘colored working graph’. There are many options in how the Grid can be printed out.

Export as: This option creates a Grid that shows the placement of each bead by it’s Index #. This number was assigned by the Number program when the color was entered into the palette. (Real Color)

Export as: This option creates a Grid that shows the placement of each bead by it’s MFG Name. This ‘name’ is actually a MFG Name number, or combination of letters and numbers, that was given to each color when it was entered into the palette. (Real Color)

Export as: If you use the Black Color option, this creates a Grid of just text with a white background. Sometimes it is just easier Number or to read the pattern without color. MFG Name (Black Color)

- Page 98:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Pattern Elements Tab (continued) Grid (current pattern format) (continued) Export as: If you use Symbol with Real Color, there are symbols placed over the RGB color in the Grid. Symbol (Real Color)

Export as: If you use Symbol with Black Color, there are just symbols in black over a white background.. Symbol (Black Color)

Export as: Symbol (3 Colors)

If you use Symbol with 3 Colors, there are colored symbols over a white background. The Output and 3 color output in the Selects Symbols & 3 colors works with this only.

- Page 99:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Pattern Elements Tab (continued) Grid (current pattern format) (continued) Select Symbols: If you have selected the Symbols, the [Select Symbols & 3 Colors] button becomes available. You can change the Font, or change the Symbol used for bead colors. Click on the button and the Select Symbols dialog box opens. If you chose Symbols & 3 Colors from the dropdown menus, you can change the symbol’s color by clicking on the bead color and then choosing Black, Red or Blue as the symbols color.

The default font is Symbol (or the equivalent of what’s in your font folder). You can change to any font that is installed on your computer. You also have a choice of the size (height) of the font. Click on the [Select Font] button and a standard font dialog box opens. Changing the symbol is simple. Click on the bead color in Used Palette Colors section; then find and click on the new symbol in the Symbols section. Click on the [Apply selected symbol] button.

Once you have all the new symbols and/or colors assigned, click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything. - Page 100:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Pattern Elements Tab (continued) The Word Chart is a row-by-row listing of the bead design. It can be in either a Table or Columns (1-3) format.

Word Chart

Export as Number

This option creates a row-by-row text listing by the Index #. This number was assigned by the program when the colored was entered into the palette.. The Index # is enclosed in parentheses and is proceeded by the number of consecutive beads of that color. Example: 2(234) 5(434) 38(234).

Export as Mfg Name

This option creates a row-by-row text listing by the MFG Name. This ‘Name’ is actually a number, or combination of letters and numbers, that was given to each color when it was entered into the palette. The MFG Name is enclosed in parentheses and is proceeded by the number of consecutive beads of that color. Example: 2(DB0324) 5(DB0756) 38(DB0331).

Available for Peyote ONLY

If your Bead Pattern is in the Peyote format, this option becomes available. The two choices are Combined or Original. You can choose to either combined the first two rows or to not combine them. NOTE: If you choose to Combine the first two rows, they will become Row 1 and row 3 will become Row 2, etc...

Direction of Rows Loom ONLY Choices:

Peyote, Brick, and Herringbone Choices:

This is to choose the directions of the rows. Which one you choose will depend on the beading format and your preferences. In BeadCreator, the rows and columns always start in the upper left-hand corner of the pattern. Not everyone weaves beads in the same directions, so there are different directions offered.

NOTE: If you have removed, cut or deleted any beads from the design, they will be indicated by ‘skip’.

- Page 101:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Pattern Elements Tab (continued) Word Chart (continued) Table

You have the option of creating your Word Chart in a Table or Column(s).

You can have the text colored in the bead’s RGB color code. The option is for Table Word Chart only.

Columns

You can create Word Charts in columns. You have the choice of 1, 2 , or 3 columns. You can also change the spacing between columns from the Fonts &Layout Tab options.

1 Column

2 Columns

- Page 102:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Single & Multiple Patterns... (continued) Designer Bio Tab Book Intro Tab General Instruction Tab Loom Info Tab Brick Info Tab Peyote Info Tab Comanche Info Tab RAW Info Tab

You can include information in your book. Click on the tab you want. Type in or copy/paste the information. The default is to not include any of the information tabs in the book.

Put a check in the box to include the tab in the book.

Click on the [Preview] button, to see what your text will look like. The preview will open with the program you have associated with .pdf file format. See Appendix F - File Association

- Page 103:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Create Pack... Opens the Pack... dialog box. You can create a file that catalogs designs you have for sale and are posted on a web site. Once you have finished creating the pack, you can then create a PDF document that will put a design per page with a clickable web site address where the design for sale is located. You can have the last pack opened if you check this option. You can reorder the patterns in the pack by left-mouse clicking and dragging the design. You can test your URL address by right mouse double clicking on the design in the list.

Click on the [OK] button and you will be prompted to save your pack. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving. Click on the [Add Pattern...] button. The Open Design File dialog box opens. Browse to where the design is located and click on it to place it in the File Name field. File Types Supported: Main BCP Design File Format (BC) BCP Layer Design File Format (BLR) BeadCellar Design File Format (XML) Compressed Main BCP Design File Format (ZIP) Click on the [Open] button. The Pack Pattern Prop dialog box opens. Click on the [Cancel] button to not open a design and exit the dialog box. - Page 104:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Create Pack... (continued) When the Pack Pattern Prop dialog box opens, you will need to enter the pattern’s name, description, price and URL location.

Click on the [Open URL] button will open your browser and go to the web address.

Click on the [OK] button to save the information and exit. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving. If you need to edit a design’s properties; then click on the [Pattern Prop...] button. See above. If you have given the pattern a password; then you will need to enter it to edit the URL. Click on the [Confirm the pattern password for URL editing...] button. Passwords are added from Menu>File>Protection. Enter the password; then click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without entering the password.

When you are finished adding your designs to the pack, click on the [Save Pack As...] button. The Save Pack File As dialog box opens. Enter the pack’s unique name in the File Name field. The file format is .bcp.

Click on the [Save] button to save the information and exit. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving.

- Page 105:1 -


Chapter 6 - Publish Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Create Pack... (continued)

When your pack is ready to be put into a Pattern Catalog, click on the [Catalog...] button. The Save Catalog As dialog box opens. Fill in a unique name in the File Name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the pack to a PDF. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without creating a PDF document.

You can open a pack for editing and/or creating a new PDF document. Click on the [Open Pack...] button. The Open Pack File dialog box opens. Browse to the .bcp file and click on it to place it in the File Name field.

Click on the [Open] button to open the pack. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without opening a pack file.

Once you have a pack file open, you can delete designs. Click on the design you want to delete; then click on the [Delete Pattern...] button. A dialog box opens to confirm the deletion. Click on the [Yes] button to delete. Click on the [No] button to not delete.

This is a stand-alone application that you can send to others that do not have BeadCreator. It lets them view designs. The software is being updated as of this version of BeadCreator and not available at this time. - Page 106:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 7 - Inventory Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Open Inventory... This opens the InventoryManager database. You can also open without having BeadCreator opened by going to Window’s Start>Programs>BeadCreator (your version).

Instructions for InventoryManager is located in the PlugIns and Databases Manual.

Use Inventory Colors...

Opens the Use Inventory colors dialog box. Allows you to use bead specific inventory colors or new colors. You can right-click on a bead in design and it will be highlighted in the list. Pattern scaling and scrolling are available even with the dialog box open. This is also where you ‘assign’ a design’s bead usage to be deducted from your inventory. Clicking on the [...] button, opens a dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list. You can change how the columns are viewed. It also lets you change the usage column. See Appendix B - Changing Palette Columns Change Design Use bead inventory only This is mainly used to show inventory and what you need to order. But you can render the pattern again from here if you want to replace the colors in your design with only beads in inventory. Use bead inventory first, then new colors If you choose this option, inventory beads are used first; then non-inventory new colors. Use inventory beads first, substitute colors for inventory beads If you choose this option, inventory beads are used first; then new ininventory beads are used. Use new colors only If you choose this option, non-inventory beads are okay to be used first. Click on the [Apply] button to see the changes.

Click on the [OK] button to keep the changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box with changing anything. You cannot Undo; but you can Exit without saving changes. If you click on [Open inventory... ] button, the InventoryManager database opens. - Page 107:1 -


Chapter 7 - Inventory Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Use Inventory Colors... (continued) Add Design To Inventory The design needs to not have a shortage. If it has a shortage; then the Shortage Bead Report dialog box opens. If your design has enough beads in inventory and you want to ‘assign’ the bead colors used; then click on the [Add Design To Inventory...] button. A dialog box opens that states ‘Your Inventory has enough beads for that design creation’. Click on the [OK] button. You can check the status of your design from Menu>File>Properties.

Shortage Report...

The Shortage Beads Report dialog box opens. Designs that have a shortage cannot be deducted from your inventory until you have enough beads to complete the design. You can print a shopping list for the beads needed to weave your design. The first thing you need to do is add the appropriate columns.

Clicking on the [Columns...] button, opens a dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list. You can change how the columns are viewed. See Appendix B - Changing Palette Columns The minimum columns needed include: Mfg Name Nickname Cost\Tube Tubes Shortage Grams\Bead You can then sort column Mfg Name by clicking on the title bar.

Place a checkmark in Report All Used Colors. - Page 108:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 7 - Inventory Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Shortage Report... (continued)

You can export the shortage report; but you need to set up the layout first. Layout Click on the [Layout...] button to choose font, font size, paper orientation and much more. The Shortage Report Fonts & Layout dialog box opens. Once you have completed your settings, click on the [OK] button to save your settings. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving any changes.

You can add additional information to the existing header and footer that BeadCreator has already there. 72 = 1.0 inch 54 = .75 inch 36 = .5 inch This measurement is in pixels, which is 72 per 30 = .42 inch inch. The number can range from 0 to 90. 20 = .28 inch 18 = .25 inch 9 = .13 inch

You can put this information in the PDF’s Properties information. Creator shows up in the PDF’s properties information as Application. Author shows up as Author. Title shows up as Title.

- Page 109:1 -


Chapter 7 - Inventory Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Shortage Report... (continued) Layout... (continued)

Do not use this section as there is no ‘Preview’ page. Each of the elements available can have their own font and font size. As indicated, 4 of the elements also have the option to change the font color. Additionally, the elements you have added can each have their own paper orientation.

Click on the [OK] button to keep your Layout settings and return to the Shortage Beads Report dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to close this dialog box without changing the Layout settings. Export to PDF... This exports the report (as viewed and sorted) to a PDF file format. Click on the [PDF...] button. The Export Shortage Beads Report As PDF dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the report saved; then put a unique name in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the report. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the report and exit the dialog box.

- Page 110:1 -


Chapter 7 - Inventory Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Shortage Report... (continued) Export to Excel... This exports the report to an Excel file format. This is a spreadsheet application. Click on the [Excel...] button. The Export Shortage Beads Report As Excel dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the report saved; then put a unique name in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the report. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the report and exit the dialog box.

Export to XML...

This exports the report to Extensible Markup Language file format. Click on the [XML...] button. The Export Shortage Beads Report As XML dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the report saved; then put a unique name in the File name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save the report. Click on the [Cancel] button to not save the report and exit the dialog box.

Click on the [Exit] button exit the dialog box. - Page 111:1 -


Chapter 7 - Inventory Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— If you have given the design an inventory nickname and there is enough beads in inventory; then a dialog box opens that will Add Design ‘assign’ those beads to your inventory. Click on the [OK] button. If there is not enough beads in inventory for the design, the Shortage Beads Report dialog box opens.

If you have not given the design an inventory nickname, the Assign current design nick dialog box opens. In order to use the design in the inventory system it must have a nickname. This is a way to give designs created with version 4.0 or older a nickname. It also shows a list of existing nicknames. It would probably be easiest to just add ‘inv’ to the name of the design. The name in the Title Bar will be the ‘nickname’; but you will open the file with it’s original name.

Click on the [OK] button to save the nickname and exit the dialog box. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without giving the design a nickname. After assigning a nickname, the Shortage Beads Report dialog box opens.

- Page 112:1 -


Chapter 7 - Inventory Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Remove Design as Completed This removes Assigned beads in the design from your inventory. A dialog box opens that states the design has been removed. Click on the [OK] button.

Remove Design as Offcast

This returns Assigned beads in the design back into your inventory. A dialog box open that states the design has been removed as offcast. Click on the [OK] button.

- Page 113:1 -


- Page 114:1 -


Chapter 8 - Options Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Preferences... Opens the Preferences - Start-up dialog box which has ten choices:

Once you have changed any of the Preferences, be sure to click on the [Apply] button. When finished, click on the [Exit] button.

Start-up You can specify if you want the program to automatically open the last design used. In the Recent File List, you can specify the number of files that you want to appear in the recent file list. This list displays the files you used recently. It is accessible by clicking on the small arrow in the Open Design icon on the tool bar.

- Page 115:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Chapter 8 - Options Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Preferences... (continued) Shortcut Keys Gives you the option of customizing keyboard Shortcut Keys for menu commands. There are none assigned in BeadCreator.

Sample Shortcut Keys: FILE: Bead Faerie Ctrl+N Open Design Ctrl+O Save Design Ctrl+S Print Ctrl+P

Click on the command in the list; then click in the field (at the bottom) that says ‘None’. Perform the key strokes and it appears in the field. To remove the shortcut, click on the command in the list; then click in the field and click on the keyboard ‘delete’ key.

Click the [Apply] button to save your changes. Bead Layers You can toggle on and off BeadLayers Starting and BeadLayers Closing. This is non-functional.

Memory Usage Allows you to allocate more computer memory to BeadCreator functions. NOTE: Increased memory allocation renders patterns better. It can also make your application run more slowly. Checking the box for ‘Display Advanced Image Quality’ renders bead designs of the highest quality. NOTE: This feature will use a lot of memory. There is a slider bar for increasing the memory. - Page 116:1 -


Chapter 8 - Options Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Preferences... (continued) Pattern Auto Saving You can have an already saved pattern automatically save itself. The default is to NOT auto save.

Pattern Print Preview Mode Allows you to designate size of ‘print preview’ of the design.

Status Bar Info You can change what info is shown in the Status Bar at the bottom of the desktop.

Bead Sizes You can customize the Bead Sizes to fit your needs. If you click on the [By default...] button, any changes you made will be erased and defaults will be restored. Sometimes an update to the software will restore the defaults. There is a chart in Appendix B that you can use to write down your changes. NOTE: InventoryManager uses the Bead Sizes also. So until it has it’s own way of bead size input, you might want to only add new sizes for patterns or only change ones that are not a size of a bead you have in your inventory. See Appendix C - How to Change Bead Size Preferences See Appendix D - How to Determine Bead Size See Appendix E - Some Common Bead Sizes - Page 117:1 -


Chapter 8 - Options Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Preferences... (continued) PDF page sizes You can change the PDF page size. Most PDFs created for distribution are created with regular size paper of 8.5 X 11.00, so you should change the default. The default is Width 8.228 and Height 11.693. If you change the page size, you can always restore the default by clicking on the [Set values by default] button. The setting for regular size paper is as shown at the left. The difference in width has something to do with some internal calculations.

Miscellaneous Grid: You can have a grid placed over the pattern on the screen. The default is 10 beads with a red color. You turn the grid on at Menu>View>Show Grid. This Grid does not print. You can change the color of the Grid by clicking on the [Grid Color] button and a standard Windows color dialog box opens. Change to the desired color and click on the [OK] button. Warning Sound: Toggles on and off the warning sound as customer error indicates. E-Junkie account number: See Menu>File>Protection. GUI controls underlining while mouse is moving over them: Ignore this and leave default as checked. - Page 118:1 -


Chapter 8 - Options Commands

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Background Color... Opens the standard Windows Color dialog box from which you can select or create a color. The color you choose becomes the new background color for your current and future designs. This color may show through the spacing between adjacent beads. The color change does not take effect until you restart BeadCreator.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving your changes.

- Page 119:1 -


- Page 120:1 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Index

———————————————————————————————————————————————————

Numbers

3-D Circle Bead Effect, 4:1 3-D Cylinder Bead Effect, 4:1 3-D Round Bead Effect, 4:1 90 degrees, Rotate, 76:1 90 degree, Turn square part, 7:1

Symbols ***, 10:1, 28:1

A Add Design To Inventory, 108:1, 112:1 Add Individual Beads, 74:1 Add/Remove Columns/Rows, 73:1 Add Text, 67:1 Add to Design Library, 86:1 Allow Usage Change, 3:2 Angle, Turn, 7:1 Apply as Border, 86:1

B Background Color, Preferences, 119:1 BCP Viewer, 54:1 Bead Color List, Book, 97:1 Bead Color List, Export into PDF, 39:1 Bead, Copy, 11:1 BeadCreator Format, Export Palette, 52:1 Bead, Cut, 11:1 Bead Dye Lots, 13:2 Beaded Image, Export, 31:1 Bead Effects, 4:1 Bead Faerie, 13:1, 21:1, 27:1 Bead Info, 18:1, 24:1 Bead Layers, Preferences, 116:1 Bead, Mark, 11:1 Bead Parameters, 18:1, 24:1, 4:2

Bead, Paste, 11:1 Bead, Replace, 12:1 Bead Scans, Delica, 13:2 Bead Size, 18:1, 24:1 Bead Size, Change, 75:1 Bead Size, How to Determine, 7:2 Bead Size Preferences, How to Change, 4:2 Bead Sizes, Preferences, 117:1 Bead Sizes, Your, 6:2 Bead Sizes, Some Common, 9:2 Beads Per Inch Chart, 8:2 Beads Position, change, 77:1 Bead Types/Finishes Categories, New, 13:2 Blank Bead, 15:2 Blank Design, 21:1 Blank Design Color, 26:1 Book Design Tab, 91:1 Book Intro Tab, 103:1 Border, Apply as, 86:1 Brick Info Tab, Book, 103:1 Browse for Path, Library, 89:1 Brush, 11:1, 66:1 Button Image Editing, 82:1

C Catalog, 106:1 Categories of Glass Types/Surface Finishes List, 20:2 Change Bead Size Preferences, How to, 4:2 Change Design, 107:1 Change Design/Bead Size, 75:1 Change Palette, 68:1 Changing Palette Columns, 3:2 Chart, Your Bead Sizes, 6:2 Check All Colors, 78:1 Check only Used Colors, 78:1 Choosing the RGB Colors, 13:2 - Page A -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Index

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Clear All, 11:1 Clip Art Image, 30:1 Coating and Shine Levels, 12:2 Color Conversion, 3:1 Colored Columns, 8:1 Color Editor, 57:1 Color Gradations, 3:1 Color Groups/Durability Dewey Delica, Print Outs, 23:2 Color Groups List, Dewey Delica II, 11:2 Color Index List, Book, 96:1 Color Index List, Export into PDF, 39:1 Color List, Library, 86:1 Color Map, 6:1 Color Name, Delica, 13:2 Color, Replace, 10:1 Color Sorting System, Dewey Delica, 11:2 Common Bead Sizes, Some, 9:2 Columns, Colored, 8:1 Columns, Detailed, 9:1 Columns, Palette Changing, 3:2 Columns, Word Chart, 44:1, 102:1 Comanche Grid, 4:1 Comanche Info Tab, Book, 103:1 Composite, Show, 79:1 Context Menu 1, 10:1 Context Menu 2, 11:1 Context Menu 3, 12:1 Context Menu 4, 86:1 Context Menu 5, 86:1 Context Menu 6, 86:1 Context Menu, Customize, 84:1 Contour Editor, 71:1 Copy, 57:1, 86:1 Copy Bead, 11:1 Cover, Export into PDF, 38:1 Cover, Book, 92:1 Create Pack, 104:1

Crop Editor, 70:1 CSV Data, Export, 32:1 Current Pattern Info, 3:1 Customize Context Menu, 84:1 Customize Tool Bars, 80:1 Cut Bead, 11:1

D Delica Bead Scans, 13:2 Delica Beads Swatch Scans, 12:2 Delica Beads Swatch Tags, 12:2 Delica Color Names, 13:2 Design by Sample, 72:1 Design Editor, 61:1 Design Bio Tab, Book, 103:1 Design, Change, 107:1 Design Library, Add to, 86:1 Design Nickname, 50:1 Design, Saving as an image file, 1:2 Design Size, Change, 75:1 Detailed Columns, 9:1 Dewey Delica II Color Groups List, 11:2 Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System, 11:2 Downloads, Extra, 12: Durability, 16:2 Dyes Lots, Bead, 13:2

E Edit Color Groups, 63:1 Edit, Library, 88:1 Edit Palette, 10:1, 16:1, 22:1 E-Junkie, 54:1, 118:1 Exactly Color Conversion, 3:1 Excel Format, Export Palette, 53:1 Exit, 56:1 Export, 31:1 - Page B -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Index

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Export Beaded Image, 31:1 Export CSV Data, Design, 32:1 Export into HTML, Design, 46:1 Export into PDF, Design, 35:1 Export into RTF, Design, 46:1 Export into XML, Design, 47:1 Export Original Image, 49:1, 51:1 Export Palette, 51:1 Export Palette, BeadCreator Format, 52:1 Export Palette, Excel Format, 48:1, 53:1 Export Palette in Own Format, 47:1 Export Palette, XML Format, 48:1, 52:1 Export Text Word Chart, 33:1 Export to Excel, Shortage Report, 111:1 Export to PDF, Shortage Report, 110:1 Export to XML, Shortage Report, 111:1 Extra Downloads, 12:2

F File Association, 10:2 Fonts & Layout Tab, Book, 94:1 Forward/Recede/Either, 15:2 Full Size, Show in, 86:1

G General Instruction Tab, Book, 103:1 Glass Types/Surface Finishes Dewey Delica, Print Outs, 25:2 Glass Types/Surface Finishes List, 17:2 Glass Types/Surface Finishes List, Categories, 20:2 Graphic Images, Working with, 1:2 Grid, Book, 98:1 Grid, Export into PDF, 40:1 Grid, Show, 79:1 118:1

H

How to Change Bead Size Preferences, 4:2 How to Determine Bead Size, 7:2 Hue, 3:1 HTML, Export into, 46:1

I Inventory Colors, Use, 107:1 Inventory, Properties, 53:1 Image File, Open an, 1:2 Item Size, Library, 89:1

L Layout, Export into PDF, 36:1 Layout, Shortage Report, 109:1 Layout Tab, Book, 94:1 Lightness, 3:1 Loom Info Tab, Book, 103:1 Library Properties, 90:1

M Main Design Screen, BeadCreator 1:1 Main Design Screen, Library, 85:1 Mark Bead, 11:1 Marking, 6:1 Memory Usage, Preferences, 116:1 Menu Commands, 2:1 Mirror, 7:1, 76:1 Miscellaneous, Preferences, 118:1 Monitors, 14:2 Multiple Pattern Formats, 78:1 Multiple Patterns Book, 91:1

- Page C -


Index

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

———————————————————————————————————————————————————

N

New Bead Types/Finishes Categories, 13:2 New, Library, 87:1 Nick for Inventory, 17:1, 23:1 Nickname, Design, 50:1 Non-Safe Colors, Safe and, 12:2

O Open, 28:1 Open an already existing project, 27:1 Open an image file, 1:2 Open Inventory, 107:1 Open, Library, 87:1 Original Color Conversion, 3:1 Original Image, 5:1, 13:1 Original Image, Export, 49:1 Original Image Info, 2:1, 83:1, 117:1 Outline Bead, 79:1

P Pack, Create, 104:1 Page Sizes, PDF, Preferences, 118:1 Palette, Bead Faerie, 15:1, 21:1 Palette, Change, 68:1 Palette Columns, Changing, 3:2 Palette, Edit, 10:1, 16:1, 22:1 Palette in Excel Format, Export, 48:1 Palette Info, 2:1, 83:1, 117:1 Palette in Own Format, Export, 47:1 Palette in XML Format, Export, 48:1 Parameters, Bead, 18:1, 24:1, 4:2 Parameters, Pattern, 17:1, 23:1 Password, 105:1 Password for pattern editing, 54:1 Paste, 86:1 Paste Bead, 11:1

Paste from clipboard, 15:1 Pattern Auto Saving, Preferences, 117:1 Pattern Book, Single or Multiple, 91:1 Pattern Elements Tab, Book, 96:1 Pattern Format, 4:1, 19:1, 25:1 Pattern Info, 2:1, 83:1, 117:1 Pattern in Real Size, Print, 117:1 Pattern on One Page, Print, 117:1 Pattern Parameters, 17:1, 23:1 Pattern Preview, Separate, 79:1 Pattern Print Preview Mode, Preferences, 117:1 Pattern, Properties, 50:1, 2:2 Pattern Snapshot, 2:1, 83:1 PDF Page Sizes, Preferences, 118:1 Per Inch Chart, Beads, 8:2 Peyote Info Tab, Book, 103:1 Peyote Stitch, Vertical, 77:1 Preferences, 115:1 Preferences, Bead Layers, 116:1 Preferences, Bead Sizes, 117:1 Preferences, Memory Usage, 116:1 Preferences, Miscellaneous, 118:1 Preferences, Pattern Auto Saving, 117:1 Preferences, Pattern Print Preview Mode, 117:1 Preferences, PDF Page Sizes, 118:1 Preferences, Shortcut Keys, 116:1 Preferences, Start-up, 115:1 Preferences, Status Bar Info, 117:1 Preview Page, Export into PDF, 39:1 Preview Page, Book, 96:1 Print, 55:1 Print Outs - Color Groups/Durability Dewey Delica, 23:2 Print Outs, Extra Dowloads, 12:2 Print Outs - Glass Types/Surface Finishes Dewey Delica, 25:2 Print Preview, 55:1 Print Setup, 56:1 - Page D -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

Index

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Process Selection, 7:1 Properties, 50:1 Proportionate, 17:1 Protection, 54:1

R RAW Info Tab, 103:1 Recede/Either, Forward, 15:2 Recent File List, 115:1 Redo, 57:1 Reduce total colors used, 60:1 Remove Color, 10:1 Remove, Columns/Row, Add, 73:1 Remove Design as Completed, 113:1 Remove Design as Offcast, 113:1 Replace Bead, 12:1 Replace Color, 10:1 RGB Colors, Choosing the, 13:2 Rotate 90 degrees, 76:1 Rounded Rectangle Bead Effect, 4:1 RTF, Export into, 46:1 Ruler Bar, 2:1, 83:1

S Sacred Peyote offset, 4:1 Safe and Non-Safe Colors, 12:2 Saturation, 3:1 Save, 28:1 Save As, 29:1 Save Design, 12:1 Save Design As, 12:1 Saving design as an image file, 1:2 Scale, 79:1 Send by email, 45:1, 49:1 Separate Pattern Preview, 79:1 Set Size of Design, 17:1, 23:1

Sharpen Color Conversion, 3:1 Shine Levels, Coating and, 12:2 Shortage Report, 53:1, 108:1 Shortcut Keys, Preferences, 116:1 Shortcut Keys, Show, 80:1 Show Composite, 79:1 Show Grid, 79:1 Show in Full Size, 86:1 Show ToolTips, 80:1 Single Pattern Book, 91:1 Size of Design, Set, 17:1, 23:1 Smooth Color Conversion, 3:1 Some Common Bead Sizes, 9:2 Spacer Size, 8:2 Spreadsheet, 32:1 Start a new project using an image, 13:1 Start-up, Preferences, 115:1 Start with a blank canvas, 21:1 Status Bar, 2:1, 83:1 Status Bar Info, Preferences, 117:1 Surface Finishes List, Glass Types, 17:2 Surface Finishes List, Glass Types, Categories, 20:2 Swatch Scans, Extra Downloads, 12:2 Swatch Tags, Delica Beads, Extra Downloads, 12:2 Symbols, 39:1, 41:1, 97:1, 99:1 Symbols, Select, 42:1, 100:1

T Table, Word Chart, 44:1, 102:1 Text, Add, 67:1 Text Word Chart, Export, 33:1 Tool Bar, 2:1, 83:1 Tool Bars, Customize, 80:1 ToolsTips, Show, 80:1

- Page E -


Index

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 1

———————————————————————————————————————————————————

U

Undo, 57:1 Usage Change, Allow, 3:2 Use Inventory Colors, 107:1 Use only XX colors, 65:1

V Vertical Peyote Stitch, 77:1

W Working with Graphic Images, 1:2 Warning Sound, Preferences, 118:1 Watermark Image, 29:1 Word Chart, Book, 101:1 Word Chart, Export into PDF, 43:1 Word Chart, Columns, 44:1, 102:1 Word Chart, Table, 44:1, 102:1

X XML, Export into, 47:1 XML Format, Export Palette, 52:1

Y Your Bead Sizes, Chart, 6:2

- Page F -


BeadCreator 5.0 Business Edition Appendix

Part 2

February 02, 2010


- Page ii -


Table of Contents

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 3 Page 4 Page 7 Page 7 Page 8 Page 8 Page 9 Page 10 Page 11 Page 11 Page 12 Page 12 Page 13 Page 13 Page 13 Page 13 Page 14 Page 14 Page 14 Page 15 Page 15 Page 16 Page 17 Page 20 Page 23 Page 25

A - Working with Graphic Images Open an image file Saving design as an image file B - Changing Palette Columns C - How to Change Bead Size Preferences D - How to Determine Bead Size The Math Spacer Size Beads Per Inch Chart E - Some Common Bead Sizes F - File Association G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System Dewey Delica II Color Groups List Safe and Non-Safe Colors Coating and Shine Levels Delica Color Names Delica Bead Scans Choosing the RGB Colors New Bead Types/Finishes Categories Monitors BeadCreator Palette Columns Printing Out a Palette List Blank Bead Forward/Recede/Either Durability Glass Types/Surface Finishes List Categories of Glass Types/Surface Finishes List Print Outs -Color Groups/Durability Dewey Delica Print Outs -Glass Types/Surface Finishes Dewey Delica - Page iii -


- Page iv -


Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— A - Working with Graphic Images Open an image file It is best to exit BeadCreator and restart the program if you are going to be working on creating a new design. If you have limited the number of colors in a design in the current session, those figures will be applied to a new design if you do not restart the program. In order to bring a picture into BeadCreator, you must have a digitized version of the picture; that is, you must have an image file that was created from the picture. If all you have is a paper photograph, you can create an image file from it using a scanner. Of course, if you had a scanner you would know that already; so for those that have no idea what we are talking about, just know this: You can bring a photograph to most professional film development or photocopy centers, tell them that you want it scanned to an image file and they will be able to do it for you. Provide them with the information above and below so they will know what type of images you need. Avoid using high resolution files, as they tend to hog system resources. It’s been found that 72 dpi RGB images work just fine. JPG images typically create much smaller files than the other image types and are ideally suited for this type of application. Saving design as an image file There are a few ways to save your design as a graphic image from within BeadCreator. The choice of which file format to use is yours. Leaning how to use your imaging software is not discussed here. As is the nature of people, one is probably going to create a graphic image from within BeadCreator first and then learn how to use their image software. So this is just a few hints and tips on what to do from BeadCreator to make life easier and more understandable. The dialog boxes looks like this. Save as Type: JPG File Format PNG File Format Windows Bitmap File Format

The Jpeg Compression slider bar does nothing. The Original Size information is different for every design; but is based on actual size at approximately 300 dpi or higher. BeadCreator internally creates these numbers. They are pixels. If you do nothing with the Width and Height pixels, the images that opens in your imaging software will be huge. The 3 file formats are associated with an applications on your computer and whatever file format you save the image file as may be opened automatically in imaging software when you click on the [Save] button. See Appendix F - File Association - Page 1:2 -


Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— A - Working with Graphic Images (continued) Saving an image file (continued) Your imaging software has a default resolution. Some are built in and unchangeable. Some have preferences that can be changed. In any case, you need to know what this resolution is eventually. Resolution is also known as dpi (dots-per-inch). Rule of Thumb on dpi in images are 72dpi for web; 96dpi for monitor; 150dpi for printing and 300dpi for professional printing. Normally, you want your images saved at a higher resolution than you actually need. So when you resample (resize) to the final image you need, you go down in dpi and size. Never up. If you have an older PC with limited memory, you might experience some difficulty with producing graphics this large. If your PC has a ton of memory and you are not experiencing long waits before your imaging software opens; then you do not need to adjust anything from within BeadCreator. If you want to create smaller images and file size; then read on.

I want the graphic saved at 96dpi, so I can downsize it to 72dpi in my graphic software. Width - 3.0 x 96 = 288 Height - 3.00015 x 96 = 288.0144 (enter 288) I want the graphic saved at 200dpi, so I can downsize it to 150dpi in my graphic software. Width - 3.0 x 200 = 600 Height - 3.00015 x 200 = 600.03 (600) - Page 2:2 -


Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— B - Changing Palette Columns Throughout BeadCreator you have the ability to change what columns you see from the palette. In some instances it is also what is printed. The Select displaying columns dialog box opens. You can drag columns between lists with a left-click of the mouse. You can re-order the columns in the Used columns list by left-clicking and dragging where you want the column. You can only move the column one place at a time. By clicking in the Remember color selection while sorting check box, you can keep the current selected color highlighted. By clicking in the Use yellow background and red color for shortaged beads check box, the background changes from white to yellow and the text in the Shortage column becomes red. IF AVAILABLE: By clicking in the Allow usage change check box, you can change the palette’s Usage check boxes.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without changing anything.

- Page 3:2 -


Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— C - How to Change Bead Size Preferences The default Bead Sizes are listed in Menu>Options>Preferences. You can customize this list to suit your needs. It is suggested that you keep a record of your changes, just in case an update reverts your changes to the defaults. If you click on the [By default] button, any changes you made will be erased and defaults will be restored. See Appendix C - How to Determine Bead Size See Appendix E - Some Common Bead Sizes

BeadCreator’s default Bead Size is size ll. This yields a pattern with 20 beads per inch across and 15 beads per inch down. This is one of the accepted standards for Delica beads. The rest of the sizes are bead per inch in width only. The height has not been calculated. It’s just a repeat of the Width. It is up to you to enter the correct proportions for your needs. Do NOT confuse the # with the size of a bead. To the left is the drop-down list of Bead Sizes that are set from the Preferences. This example shows a change to #12 to peyote. Following are instructions on how to change an exisiting size. Highlight Size 12 by clicking on it. Then click on the [Edit] button. The Bead parameters dialog box opens.

Type in the new information and click on the [OK] button or click on the [Cancel] button to exit without change anything.

- Page 4:2 -


Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— C - How to Change Bead Size Preferences (continued) Once you have changed a Preference be sure to click on the [Apply] button. When finished, click on the [Exit] button.

You can also Add a new size or Delete a size from the list.

On the next page is a form you can use to keep track of your changes.

- Page 5:2 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— C - How to Change Bead Size Preferences (continued)

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

Name

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

Height (inches)

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

Width (inches)

—————————————————————————————————————————————————— ——————————————————————————————————————————————————

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

Name

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

Your Bead Sizes

Default Bead Sizes

Beads Beads Width (inches) Per In. Height (inches) Per In.

0.50000 0.50000 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 2 0.50000 0.50000 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 3 0.33333 0.33333 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 4 0.25000 0.25000 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 5 0.20000 0.20000 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 6 0.16667 0.16667 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 7 0.14286 0.14286 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 8 0.12500 0.12500 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 9 0.11111 0.11111 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 10 0.10000 0.10000 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 11 0.05000 0.06667 Default 0.05000 20.00 0.06667 15.00 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 12 0.08333 0.08333 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 13 0.07692 0.07692 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 14 0.07143 0.07143 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 0.06667 0.06667 15 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 0.06250 0.06250 16 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 0.05882 0.05882 17 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 0.05556 0.05556 18 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 0.05263 0.05263 19 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 0.05000 0.05000 20 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 21

0.04762

0.04762

- Page 6:2 -


Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— D - How to Determine Bead Size BeadCreator has the ability to let you determine the exact size of the beads to be used in your design. This gives you the ability to get the beads in correct proportion for the beading format you will be using in your design. Determining the bead size is not an exact science, but you can come close. There are some size estimates in the drop-down Bead Size list. These are only approximations. Before proceeding to creating patterns, you need to determine your bead size according to how you bead. The bead formats (looming, peyote, etc...) each have there own bead size because of the way the beads are weaved together and there may or may not be thread between the beads. You will find that people will not agree on bead size and the number one reason is the ‘tension’ factor. This is something that cannot be measured. If the bead format is looming, you also need to consider what the loom is designed to bead per inch across. Looms will vary slightly and the best way to determine this is to warp the loom and bead something. Another factor is that beads are not created equal. Within types of beads (seed, Delica, etc...) the colors and finishes will vary in size. In the process of making the different finishes, some have surface area removed and some have surface area added. Matte beads have surface area removed and are smaller. Where as, galvanized beads have surface area added and are larger. In most all bead designs, there is normally a mixture of bead finishes, so beads per square inch will vary. If you have the bead size not quite right for the circumstances you are not going to know until you have weaved some of the pattern. Maybe hours of weaving. This can be so disappointing and discouraging. The best thing to do before actually creating your design is to KNOW that your bead size is correct for this particular design. If you have weaved in the bead format you are going to be designing in, then measure how many beads there are in the rows across and in the columns down per inch. If you have not weaved anything in the bead format, then work some samples with mixed finishes. The Math If you choose ‘size 11’, the default size is Width = .050 and Height = .06667. To find out how many beads there is in an inch, you divide 1 inch by those 2 numbers. Width 1 inch divided by .050 = 20 Height 1 inch divided by .06667 = 15 To find out the bead size for what you bead per inch, you divide 1 inch by your figures. Width 1 inch divided by 18 = .05556 Height 1 inch divided by 14.75 = .06779

NOTE: The larger the pattern, the more important correct bead size becomes.

- Page 7:2 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— D - How to Determine Bead Size (continued) Spacer Size There are not a lot of bead weaving instances that would require determining the size of the space needed between beads. BeadCreator will take the amount you put here as a space between both the width and height and subtract the difference from the size you indicated in the Width and Height fields. If you indicate a Spacer Size, the graphic of a really big design will have that space and will probably not have a good presentation visually. Looming has a space required for the thread. You can just ignore the Spacer Size and have excellent design result. However, if you choose to add the space, then the math is: Height 15 per imch = .06667 Width 20 per inch = .050 Needed 15 per inch = .06667 Height 17.5 per inch = .05714 Subtract SPACER SIZE = .00714 Difference SPACER SIZE = .00714 Height Changed to = .05953 * A 2 x 2 inch pattern resulted in a grid of 35 beads wide * This has to be adjusted to still get the bead and 30 beads in height. If the Space Size had not been proportion correct. There is no thread between rows, just subtracted, if would have been 27 beads in height. between the columns. Change the background color to the color of your thread. This can be changed from Menu>Options>Background Color... Beads Per Inch Chart 10 10.25 10.5 10.75 11 11.25 11.5 11.75 12 12.25 12.5 12.75

= = = = = = = = = = = =

.1 .09756 .09524 .09302 .09091 .08889 .08696 .08511 .08333 .08163 .08 .07843

13 13.25 13.5 13.75 14 14.25 14.5 14.75 15 15.25 15.5 15.75

= = = = = = = = = = = =

.07692 .07547 .07407 .07273 .07143 .07018 .06897 .0678 .06667 .06557 .06452 .06349

16 16.25 16.5 16.75 17 17.25 17.5 17.75 18 18.25 18.5 18.75

= = = = = = = = = = = =

.0625 .06154 .06061 .0597 .05882 .05797 .05714 .05634 .05556 .0548 .05405 .05333

19 19.25 19.5 19.75 20 20.25 20.5 20.75 21 21.25 21.5 21.75

= = = = = = = = = = = =

.05263 .05195 .05128 .05063 .05 .04938 .04878 .04819 .04762 .04706 .04651 .04598

- Page 8:2 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— E - Some Common Bead Sizes These are some bead sizes that other beaders have used successfully. Tension is a factor that does effect these estimates. However, one has to start somewhere.

STITCH

Delica Beads Width Height 1 Inch 1 Inch

*Loom/Standard-1 *Loom/Standard-2 *Loom/Standard-3 *Loom/Standard-4 Mirrix LoomA Mirrix LoomB Square/Horizontal Square/Vertical-1 Square/Vertical-2

20.00 19.00 18.00 17.50 _____ _____ 18.00 15.00 15.00

15.00 15.00 15.00 14.75 ____ ____ 15.00 18.00 20.00

Miyuki 11 Beads Width Height 1 Inch 1 Inch _____ _____ 14.00 _____ _____ _____ 14.00 12.00 _____

_____ _____ 12.00 _____ _____ _____ 12.00 14.00 _____

STITCH

Delica Beads Width Height 1 Inch 1 Inch

Peyote-1 20.00 19.50 Peyote-2 19.00 Peyote-3 18.50 Peyote-4 **Brick/Vertical-1 15.00 **Brick/Vertical-2 15.00 **Brick/Horizontal 18.00 _____ Herringbone

15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 20.00 18.00 15.00 _____

*Looms vary in beads across per-inch. **Brick Stitch can have thread worked outside of hole or all inside. NOTE: Horizontal(width) & Vertical(height) refer to the hole orientation of the beads in design. Mirrix LoomA = w/o Shedding device (1 thread) Mirrix LoomB = with Shedding device(2 threads) Standard Loom design can be worked in the Horizontal Square Stitch & vice versa. Vertical Brick design can be worked in the Peyote Stitch. Peyote design can be worked in the Horizontal Brick Stitch. - Page 9:2 -

Miyuki 11 Beads Width Height 1 Inch 1 Inch _____ 16.00 _____ 14.50 _____ 11.50 14.00 _____

_ ____ 12.00 _____ 12.00 _____ 14.00 11.50 _____


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— F - File Association All file formats (.xxx) have default applications that open them. It all depends on what applications are installed on your computer. You can change the default File Association. In BeadCreator there are a few commands or processes that will be opening other applications automatically and you will want them to open in the appropriate ones. One example is when you want to Export to Word Chart. It creates a .txt file and opens the application your computer associates with the .txt file format. The default is usually Word Pad, which is a very basic word processor and not suited for major editing and formatting. The following is how to change the .txt File Association. First you need to find a .txt file and any .txt file will do. Click on the [Start] button and then choose Search. Click on document; then type in *.txt and click on the [Search] button. Right-click on any .txt file in the list. A Content Menu opens. Scroll down to Open With and another Content Menu opens. Scroll down to Choose Program... The Open With dialog box opens. You will be given a list of Recommended Programs to choose from. The highlighted application is the one Windows’s is recommending. You can choose a wording processing application from this list or if you have a different word processing application you can search for it in the Other Programs list or by clicking on the [Browse] button. Just be sure that your application does open the file format. Once you have highlighted the application you want; then check the box for Always use the selected program to open this kind of file.

Click on the [OK] button to save you new File Association or click on the [Cancel] button to exit without saving your new File Association. The next time you use the Export Word Chart Data your word processing application will open instead of Notepad. The following is a list of File Formats that are opened from within BeadCreator: File Formats: JPG PNG Windows Bitmap

Graphic Software Graphic Software Graphic Software

File Formats: .csv Spreadsheet Software Word Processing Software .txt .pdf Adobe Reader .html Browser .rtf Word Processing Software .xml XML Editor - Page 10:2 -


Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System Dewey Delica II Color Groups NO NAME

TOTAL NO NAME TOTAL SAFE SAFE BEADS COLORS BEADS COLORS 10 Clear - Cloudy (17) 42 Orange Red (14) (0) (6) 11 White - Cream (20) 43 Amber (16) (14) (4) 12 Gray1 (31) 44 Topaz (25) (21) (8) 13 Gray2 (19) 45 Copper (16) (7) (3) 14 Gray3 - Black (16) 46 Beige (15) (5) (11) 15 Taupe (28) 47 Brown (29) (17) (11) 16 Silver Matte (10) 50 Yellow (31) (9) (18) 17 Goldish Matte (8) 51 Green Yellow (14) (8) (2) 18 Shiny Silver (24) 52 Olive (12) (0) (4) 19 Shiny Goldish (20) 60 Mint (23) (0) (15) 20 Pink (29) 61 Lime (8) (12) (2) 21 Salmon (25) 62 Green1 (27) (14) (12) 22 Rose (18) 63 Chartreuse (10) (9) (6) 23 Red (18) 64 Green2 (36) (9) (17) 24 Cranberry (25) 70 Aqua (21) (6) (12) 25 Maroon (14) 71 Aquamarine (15) (2) (6) 30 Red Violet (32) 72 Faded Jade (9) (18) (5) 31 Fuchsia (15) 73 Teal (19) (4) (4) 32 Mauve (40) 80 Turquoise Blue (20) (12) (8) 33 Amethyst (15) 81 Capri Blue (16) (5) (8) 34 Violet (23) 82 Periwinkle (17) (7) (10) 35 Blue Violet (13) 83 Blue1 (29) (3) (9) 40 Peach (20) 84 Blue2 (24) (13) (9) 41 Orange (20) 89 Mixed Colors (6) (10) (0) Total Delica Beads in palette is 953 (8 are discontinued) (1 is a blank bead) 944 active Includes all know Delica Beads as of Winter 2009 - Page 11:2 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System (continued) Dewey Delica II Color Groups (continued) SAFE C0 Coating-None (649) C1 Coating-Slight (85) NON-SAFE C2 Coating-Light (141) C3 Coating-Average (47) C4 Coating-Heavy (30)

SAFE S0 Shine-None (337) S1 Shine-Slight (115) NON-SAFE S2 Shine-Light (205) S3 Shine-Average (160) S4 Shine-Heavy (135)

SECOND COLOR GROUPINGS Safe Colors (395) (497) 94 Non-Safe Colors (29) 95 Heavy Coating (6) 96 Non Distinguishable (8) 97 Discontinued (17) 98 Use With Caution (0) 99 Unknown

In order to come up with a way to have a ‘Safe Color Sort’, I decided to apply coating and shine levels to each Delica bead. This is the best way I could come up with a flexible system. As you work within this system, you can change the coding to suit yourself. NOTE: Safe Color means that the color is basically safe as far as the color goes. The Bead Type/Finish and the ‘durability’ of each bead should still be a consideration when choosing beads for your project.

Happy Beading! Susie Hughes

The Dewey Delica Color Sorting System is the brain-child of Susie Hughes. Permission has been granted to Andrew Simmons and ThoughtFish Media to incorporate the system fully into BeadCreator. Two palettes have been included with BeadCreator: Dewey Delica II Color Sort Nov09.pal This palette is sorted by Color Groups and has all of the Delica Beads checked to ‘Use in Pattern’ in the Usage column. Dewey Delica II Safe Color Sort Nov09.pal This palette is sorted by the ‘safe’ colors in Color Groups first. With the ‘non-safe’ colors (also sorted by Color Groups) at the bottom of the palette. Only the ‘safe’ Delica beads are checked to ‘Use in Pattern’ in the Usage column and is suggested for beginners. EXTRA Downloads available from the BeadCreator repository: 1. Swatch Scans in Color Groups Order for viewing on screen: Download: http://www.beadcreator.com/downloads/Dewey_Delica_SCANS_Nov2009.pdf 2. Delica Beads Swatch Tags in Color Groups Order for printing: Download: http://beadcreator.com/downloads/Dewey_Delica_Swatch_Nov2009.pdf 3. Prints outs for users with printed manuals and no PDF Manual: Download: http://www.beadcreator.com/downloads/Dewey_Delica_Appendix_Jan2010.pdf - Page 12:2 -


Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System (continued) Delica Color Names The majority of the Delica names have been changed. I tried to restrict certain names to color groups. Not written in stone, but I hope the renaming helps you as much as it helps me.

Delica Bead Scans A PDF of the scans of the bead swatches that I have weaved for all the Delica Color is available from the BeadCreator web site. I prefer to scan weaved beads because they darken considerably. I did have to adjust some of the scans because they did not match the actual beads with normal room light. Someone else viewing these scans will probably see colors differently because individual monitors and the operating system control how colors are viewed. It’s always a good idea to check your bead stash against a ready-made palette. NOTE: Bead ‘dye lots’ are also a factor when you find a few beads that do not match what you have. Miyuki is usually consistent; but there have been enough differences to give it a mention.

Choosing the RGB Color Except for very light and white beads, most of the RGB color choices I’ve made are from the bottom third of the scanned beads. This will make your pattern look darker on screen than the actual beaded item. Which is much better than your beaded item being darker than what you designed on the screen. When getting your graphic ready for use in BeadCreator, please keep this darkness in mind. NOTE: Any corrections and/or changes in RGB colors in the palettes will not be updated until the next batch of new Delica Beads are released. NOTE: Shinny beads are the most difficult to scan because it’s like scanning a mirror. The color of these beads are more speculation than fact.

New Bead Types/Finishes Categories If you check the numerical listing of all the Delica beads on Miyuki’s website, you will find their definition of bead types/finishes. I have incorporated their method into this version of my sorting system. The address for these definitions are located here: http://www.miyuki-beads.co.jp/english/seed/02.html NOTE: DB0288 is not a White Lined bead. After checking with Miyuki, this bead was determined to be a transparent lined bead. - Page 13:2 -


Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System (continued) Monitors Not all monitors view colors the same. Depends on a number of things that will not be discussed here; but I know the older they get, the less accurate they are. The RGB colors determined used a new monitor (less than a year old) and all the default settings in Windows OS XP Pro. There is some built in RGB color management with each operating system and I believe Windows OS uses sRGB. This is like a huge ‘palette’ of colors. It does not have the over16 million colors that should be available with RGB colors (255 x 255 x 255 = 16,581,375). Many, many colors have been eliminated. If you are finding that all of your beads (in hand) are not matching what you see on the screen; then I would says that your monitor may not be calibrated correctly or it's old and may need to be replaced. Or if too dark or too light; than it's your monitor. See if you can adjust it. If you are only finding that a few of your beads (in hand) are not matching what you see on the monitor; but a lot of them do; than either the RGB color is not accurate or you have a different dye lot than the beads used to determined the RGB color.

BeadCreator Palette Columns BeadCreator’s palette has 3 columns to sort by color and type/finish and the new column for the ‘safe color’ sort. The ‘safe color’ sort involves the coating and shine levels I have assigned to each bead. It excludes the heavily coated and shiny beads. Depending on the nature of your design, you will want to add some to your design; but in small quantities. Besides being sorted by color, they also have had the Index # changed to match the color sort order. The Index # is a number assigned by the software as they are added to the palette in PaletteCreator. When using some of the editing features, the palette is given in the Index # order. By changing the Index # to match the color sort order, you can sort the Index # column and the list will be color group sorted. There are two palettes. I suggest that newbies use the “Safe Color Groups Sort” palette to begin with. As you learn more about using the different Types/Finish of the beads in your designs, you can use the “Color Groups Sort” palette and just uncheck the “Usage” in the palette.

Printing out a Palette List PaletteCreator has the ability to create a PDF of the entire palette in whatever order and with whatever columns you choose. You can print out listings for your own purposes. ie: color groups list to arrange your bead stash with. The Color column always prints, but just remember that the RGB color is a ‘monitor color’, not a printing color. You also might need a list to write down your inventory.

- Page 14:2 -


Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System (continued) Blank Bead I have added a ‘blank’ bead as the last bead in the palette and used 255-255-255 as the RGB color. This is my version of an invisible bead. If you permanently delete any beads (if still possible in BeadCreator 5.0) from your pattern, word charts will become inaccurate. The graphic of your pattern will be inaccurate until you do delete the beads, so it is usually best to have two versions of a pattern with deleted beads. One for an accurate graphic image and the other for an accurate word chart. Hopefully, in a later version of BeadCreator an invisible bead will become possible.

Forward/Recede/Either I have incorporated the ‘Rule of Thumb’ on which beads recede or come forward in a design into the actual coding of the bead type/finish. These are guidelines only. It is highly suggested that you work up a small sample of how your bead choices will look together. It is possible to purchase very small amounts of Delica Beads (1 gram) and it is not all that expensive to experiment before purchasing the larger quantities probably needed to bead the design. Opaque beads come forward visually. Transparent beads recede visually. Silk (satin) beads come forward visually. Opalescent beads come forward visually when next to opaque beads; but recede visually when next to transparent beads. (marked Either) Silver and gold lined beads come forward visually. Color lined beads subtly come forward visually. Matte beads recede visually next to any shiny bead. AB or Iris beads come forward visually. Luster beads come forward visually. Metallic, Galvanized and Special Plated beads come forward visually because they are shiny.

- Page 15:2 -


Appendix

BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System (continued) Durability The following is exactly how Miyuki described their durability. You can also go to this address: http://www.miyuki-beads.co.jp/english/seed/07_db01.html

A

Colors which might change and/or fade due to bright sun or deterioration with time.

B

Colors rubbing off from friction or contact with skin acid.

C

Colors which will alter or fade from dry- cleaning.

0

There is no problem in usual use.

-

There might be a problem in durability by individual use.

x There is not strong durability, so attention is required for use. How to see the durability information: This data is based on our examination result and manufacturing history. It is not the absolute one, therefore it differs in an individual use and condition. Please confirm it well before you use it. Notice: Please do appropriate handing referring to the above information and the following notices when they are applied to textile goods or accessories that touch the skin directly 1) Some beads are dyed, galvanized or plated. The colors on the outer layers may come off, rubbed, or if soaked in the strong solvent. 2) Silverline or galvanized beads are oxidized while apply on certain fabrics that are acidic, the may decay or turn dark due to the chemical change. In order to avoid such case, neutralize your fabrics and threads before embrodering. 3) Some dyed color beads might fade by the sunray.

- Page 16:2 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System (continued) Glass Types/Surface Finishes No

Abbreviation

Type/Finish Description

100 110 112 114 115 116 118 119 120 121 128 129 138 140 142 143 144 146 150 151 152 156 170 171 199

TR TR AB TR LSTR TR GLST TR GLST AB TR GLZ TR GLZ LSTR TR GLZ LSTR AB TR MAT TR MAT AB TR MAT GLZ LSTR TR MAT DY TR SMT S/L DY TR S/L TR S/L GLZ TR S/L GLZ AB TR S/L DY TR ID/LC PRL TR ID/LC TR ID/LC AB TR ID/LC LSTR TR WID/L AB TR GLD/L TR COP/L TR DY

Transparent Transp AB Transp Luster Transp Gold Luster Transp Gold Luster AB Transp Glazed Color Transp Glazed Color Luster Transp Glazed Color Luster AB Transp Matte Transp Matte AB Transp Matte Glazed Color Luster Transp Matte Dyed Transp Semi-Matte Silverlined Dyed Transp Silverlined Transp Silverlined Glazed Color Transp Silverlined Glazed Color AB Transp Silverlined Dyed Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color Pearlized Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color AB Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color Luster Transp White Inside Dyed/Lined AB Transp 24kt Gold Lined Transp Copper Lined Transp Dyed

Amount of [RULE OF THUMB] Beads in Type Recedes Forward 26 26 14 14 8 17 20 3 26 26 7 18 17 26 10 3 22 19 34 70 18 19 1 5 9

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

458 300 310 340 341 342 344 351 370 371

OPAL OPAL AB OPAL S/L OPAL S/L AB OPAL S/L GLZ OPAL S/L DY OPAL ID/LC AB OPAL GLD/L OPAL COP/L

Opalescent Opal AB Opal Silverlined Opal Silverlined AB Opal Silverlined Glazed Color Opal Silverlined Dyed Opal Inside Dyed/Lined Color AB Opal 24kt Gold Lined Opal Copper Lined

1 1 1 1 10 11 13 1 1

E

40

- Page 17:2 -

E X X X X X X X X


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System (continued) Glass Types/Surface Finishes (continued) No

Abbreviation

Type/Finish Description

400 410 416 418 441 444 450

SILK SILK AB SILK GLZ SILK GLZ LSTR SILK S/L AB SILK S/L DY SILK ID/LC

Silk (satin finish) Silk AB Silk Glazed Color Silk Glazed Color Luster Silk Silverlined AB Silk Silverlined Dyed Silk Inside Dyed/Lined Color

Amount of [RULE OF THUMB] Beads in Type Recedes Forward 1 1 19 3 1 1 18

X X X X X X X

25 23 12 5 6 9 9 28 24 22 2 4 4 9 9 12 10 18

X X X X X X X X

44 500 510 512 514 515 516 517 518 520 521 522 524 525 526 527 528 529 599

OP OP AB OP LSTR OP GLST OP GLST AB OP GLZ OP GLZ AB OP GLZ LSTR OP MAT OP MAT AB OP MAT LSTR OP MAT GLST OP MAT GLST AB OP MAT GLZ OP MAT GLZ AB OP MAT GLZ LSTR OP MAT DY OP DY

Opaque Opaque AB Opaque Luster Opaque Gold Luster Opaque Gold Luster AB Opaque Glazed Color Opaque Glazed Color AB Opaque Glazed Color Luster Opaque Matte Opaque Matte AB Opaque Matte Luster Opaque Matte Gold Luster Opaque Matte Gold Luster AB Opaque Matte Glazed Color Opaque Matte Glazed Color AB Opaque Matte Glazed Color Luster Opaque Matte Dyed Opaque Dyed

X X X X X X X X X X

231

- Page 18:2 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System (continued) Glass Types/Surface Finishes (continued) No

Abbreviation

Type/Finish Description

600 610 611 612 614 615 620 621 622 625 660 661 665 666

MET MET AB MET IRIS MET LSTR MET GLST MET GLST AB MET MAT MET MAT AB MET MAT LSTR MET MAT GLST AB MET GM MET GM IRIS MET BR MET BR AB

Metallic Metallic AB Metallic Iris Metallic Luster Metallic Gold Luster Metallic Gold Luster AB Metallic Matte Metallic Matte AB Metallic Matte Luster Metallic Matte Gold Luster AB Metallic Gunmetal Metallic Gunmetal Iris Metallic Bronze Metallic Bronze AB

Amount of [RULE OF THUMB] Beads in Type Recedes Forward 2 2 5 2 2 11 4 5 3 12 1 1 2 1

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

53

700 729 731 736 799

GALV GALV MAT DY GALV SMT GALV SMT DY GALV DY

Galvanized Galvanized Matte Dyed Galvanized Semi-Matte Galvanized Semi-Dyed Dyed Galvanized Dyed

1 14 1 14 27

X X X X X

57 810 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 885 886 887 888 889

SP AB SP GLD SP GLD AB SP CPPR SP NCKL SP NCKL AB SP NCKL DY SP PLDM SP PLDM AB SP RHDM SP STRL SP MAT GLD SP MAT NCKL SP MAT TIN SP MAT CPPR SP MAT RHDM

Special Plating AB Special Plating 24kt Gold Special Plating 24kt Gold AB Special Plating Copper Special Plating Nickel Special Plating Nickel AB Special Plating Nickel Dyed Special Plating Palladium Special Plating Palladium AB Special Plating Rhodium Special Plating Sterling Special Plating Matte 24kt Gold Special Plating Matte Nickel Special Plating Matte Tin Special Plating Matte Copper Special Plating Matte Rhodium

6 2 6 1 1 1 15 1 6 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

47

- Page 19:2 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System (continued) Category of Glass Types/Surface Finishes - DDSSII No Abbreviation 00

Type/Finish Description None

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

AB IRIS LSTR LSTR AB GLST GLST AB GLZ GLZ AB GLZ LSTR GLZ LSTR AB

AB (rainbow) Iris Luster Luster AB Gold Luster Gold Luster AB Glazed Color Glazed Color AB Glazed Color Luster Glazed Color Luster AB

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

MAT MAT AB MAT LSTR MAT LSTR AB MAT GLST MAT GLST AB MAT GLZ MAT GLZ AB MAT GLZ LSTR MAT DY

Matte Matte AB Matte Luster Matte Luster AB Matte Gold Luster Matte Gold Luster AB Matte Glazed Color Matte Glazed Color AB Matte Glazed Color Luster Matte Dyed

31 32 33 36 37 38

SMT SMT AB SMT LSTR SMT DY SMT S/L SMT S/L DY

Semi-Matte Semi-Matte AB Semi-Matte Luster Semi-Matte Dyed Semi-Matte Silverlined Semi-Matte Silverlined Dyed

No 40 41 42 43 44

Abbreviation S/L S/L AB S/L GLZ S/L GLZ AB S/L DY

Type/Finish Description Silverlined Silverlined AB Silverlined Glazed Color Silverlined Glazed Color AB Silverlined Dyed

46 47

ID/LC PRL ID/LC PRL AB

Inside Dyed/Lined Color Pearlized Inside Dyed/Lined Color Pearlized AB

50 51 52 53

ID/LC ID/LC AB ID/LC LSTR ID/LC LSTR AB

Inside Dyed/Lined Color Inside Dyed/Lined Color AB Inside Dyed/Lined Color Luster Inside Dyed/Lined Color Luster AB

55 56 57 58

WID/L WID/L AB WID/L LSTR WID/L LSTR AB

White Inside Dyed/Lined White Inside Dyed/Lined AB White Inside Dyed/Lined Luster White Inside Dyed/Lined Luster AB

60 61 65 66 67 68

GM GM IRIS BR BR AB BR LSTR BR LSTR AB

Gunmetal Gunmetal Iris Bronze Bronze AB Bronze Luster Bronze Luster AB

- Page 20:2 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System (continued) Category of Glass Types/Surface Finishes - DDSSII No Abbreviation 70 GLD/L 71 CP/L

Type/Finish Description 24kt Gold Lined Copper Lined

74 75 76 77 78 79

GLD GLD AB CPPR NCKL NCKL AB NCKL DY

24 kt Gold 24 kt Gold AB Copper Nickel Nickel AB Nickel Dyed

80 81 82 83 85 86 87 88 89 90

PLDM PLDM AB RHDM STRL MAT GLD MAT NCKL MAT TIN MAT CPPR MAT RHDM MAT PLDM

Palladium Palladium AB Rhodium Sterling Matte 24kt Gold Matte Nickel Matte Tin Matte Copper Matte Rhodium Matte Palladium

99

DY

Dyed

- Page 21:2 -


- Page 22:2 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

Orange Red Amber Topaz Copper Beige Brown Yellow Green Yellow Olive Mint Lime Green1 Chartreuse Green2 Aqua Aquamarine Faded Jade Teal Turquoise Blue Capri Blue Periwinkle Blue1 Blue2 Mixed Colors

Colors which might change and/or fade due to bright sun or deterioration with time.

B

Colors rubbing off from friction or contact with skin acid.

C

Colors which will alter or fade from dry- cleaning.

0

There is no problem in usual use.

x

There might be a problem in durability by individual use. There is not strong durability, so attention is required for use.

NO NAME

42 43 44 45 46 47 50 51 52 60 61 62 63 64 70 71 72 73 80 81 82 83 84 89

A

Dewey Delica II Color Groups

Clear - Cloudy White - Cream Gray1 Gray2 Gray3 - Black Taupe Silver Matte Goldish Matte Shiny Silver Shiny Goldish Pink Salmon Rose Red Cranberry Maroon Red Violet Fuchsia Mauve Amethyst Violet Blue Violet Peach Orange

Durability

NO NAME

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 30 31 32 33 34 35 40 41

SECOND COLOR GROUPINGS 94 Non-Safe Colors 95 Heavy Coating 96 Non Distinguishable 97 Discontinued 98 Use With Caution 99 Unknown SAFE SAFE S0 Shine-None C0 Coating-None S1 Shine-Slight C1 Coating-Slight NON-SAFE NON-SAFE S2 Shine-Light C2 Coating-Light S3 Shine-Average C3 Coating-Average S4 Shine-Heavy C4 Coating-Heavy

Quick Info - Print and fold in half

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Print Outs -Color Groups/Durability Dewey Delica

1) Some beads are dyed, galvanized or plated. The colors on the outer layers may come off, rubbed, or if soaked in the strong solvent. 2) Silverline or galvanized beads are oxidized while apply on certain fabrics that are acidic, the may decay or turn dark due to the chemical change. In order to avoid such case, neutralize your fabrics and threads before embrodering. 3) Some dyed color beads might fade by the sunray. - Page 23:2 -


- Page 24:2 -


BeadCreator 5.0 BE - Part 2

Appendix

Quick Info - Print and fold in half

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Print Outs -Glass Types/Surface Finishes Dewey Delica Glass Types/Surface Finishes - DDSSII No

Abbreviation

Type/Finish Description

100 110 112 114 115 116 118 119 120 121 128 129 138 140 142 143 144 146 150 151 152 156 170 171 199

TR TR AB TR LSTR TR GLST TR GLST AB TR GLZ TR GLZ LSTR TR GLZ LSTR AB TR MAT TR MAT AB TR MAT GLZ LSTR TR MAT DY TR SMT S/L DY TR S/L TR S/L GLZ TR S/L GLZ AB TR S/L DY TR ID/LC PRL TR ID/LC TR ID/LC AB TR ID/LC LSTR TR WID/L AB TR GLD/L TR COP/L TR DY

Transparent Transp AB Transp Luster Transp Gold Luster Transp Gold Luster AB Transp Glazed Color Transp Glazed Color Luster Transp Glazed Color Luster AB Transp Matte Transp Matte AB Transp Matte Glazed Color Luster Transp Matte Dyed Transp Semi-Matte Silverlined Dyed Transp Silverlined Transp Silverlined Glazed Color Transp Silverlined Glazed Color AB Transp Silverlined Dyed Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color Pearlized Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color AB Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color Luster Transp White Inside Dyed/Lined AB Transp 24kt Gold Lined Transp Copper Lined Transp Dyed

300 310 340 341 342 344 351 370 371

OPAL OPAL AB OPAL S/L OPAL S/L AB OPAL S/L GLZ OPAL S/L DY OPAL ID/LC AB OPAL GLD/L OPAL COP/L

Opalescent Opal AB Opal Silverlined Opal Silverlined AB Opal Silverlined Glazed Color Opal Silverlined Dyed Opal Inside Dyed/Lined Color AB Opal 24kt Gold Lined Opal Copper Lined

400 410 416 418 441 444 450

SILK SILK AB SILK GLZ SILK GLZ LSTR SILK S/L AB SILK S/L DY SILK ID/LC

Silk (satin finish) Silk AB Silk Glazed Color Silk Glazed Color Luster Silk Silverlined AB Silk Silverlined Dyed Silk Inside Dyed/Lined Color

500 510 512 514 515 516

OP OP AB OP LSTR OP GLST OP GLST AB OP GLZ

Opaque Opaque AB Opaque Luster Opaque Gold Luster Opaque Gold Luster AB Opaque Glazed Color

Glass Types/Surface Finishes - DDSSII No

Abbreviation

Type/Finish Description

517 518 520 521 522 524 525 526 527 528 529 599

OP GLZ AB OP GLZ LSTR OP MAT OP MAT AB OP MAT LSTR OP MAT GLST OP MAT GLST AB OP MAT GLZ OP MAT GLZ AB OP MAT GLZ LSTR OP MAT DY OP DY

Opaque Glazed Color AB Opaque Glazed Color Luster Opaque Matte Opaque Matte AB Opaque Matte Luster Opaque Matte Gold Luster Opaque Matte Gold Luster AB Opaque Matte Glazed Color Opaque Matte Glazed Color AB Opaque Matte Glazed Color Luster Opaque Matte Dyed Opaque Dyed

600 610 611 612 614 615 620 621 622 625 660 661 665 666

MET MET AB MET IRIS MET LSTR MET GLST MET GLST AB MET MAT MET MAT AB MET MAT LSTR MET MAT GLST AB MET GM MET GM IRIS MET BR MET BR AB

Metallic Metallic AB Metallic Iris Metallic Luster Metallic Gold Luster Metallic Gold Luster AB Metallic Matte Metallic Matte AB Metallic Matte Luster Metallic Matte Gold Luster AB Metallic Gunmetal Metallic Gunmetal Iris Metallic Bronze Metallic Bronze AB

700 729 731 736 799

GALV GALV MAT DY GALV SMT GALV SMT DY GALV DY

Galvanized Galvanized Matte Dyed Galvanized Semi-Matte Galvanized Semi-Dyed Dyed Galvanized Dyed

810 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 885 886 887 888 889

SP AB SP GLD SP GLD AB SP CPPR SP NCKL SP NCKL AB SP NCKL DY SP PLDM SP PLDM AB SP RHDM SP STRL SP MAT GLD SP MAT NCKL SP MAT TIN SP MAT CPPR SP MAT RHDM

Special Plating AB Special Plating 24kt Gold Special Plating 24kt Gold AB Special Plating Copper Special Plating Nickel Special Plating Nickel AB Special Plating Nickel Dyed Special Plating Palladium Special Plating Palladium AB Special Plating Rhodium Special Plating Sterling Special Plating Matte 24kt Gold Special Plating Matte Nickel Special Plating Matte Tin Special Plating Matte Copper Special Plating Matte Rhodium

- Page 25:2 -


- Page 26:2 -


BeadCreator 5.0 Business Edition PlugIns and Databases

February 02, 2010


- Page ii -


BeadCreator 5 BE - PlugIns & Databases ———————————————————————————— ——————————————————————— Table of Contents

Pages 1 - 20 Pages 21 - 26 Pages 27 - 44 Pages 45 - 56 Pages 57 - 72

PaletteCreator PlugIn Pixelator PlugIn CollageCreator PlugIn BeadLayers PlugIn InventoryManager Database

- Page iii -


- Page iv -


PaletteCreator 5.0 ——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Page 3 —————Color—————— Main Screen Page 13 Add... Page 3 Tool Bar Icons Page 14 Add Selected Color... Page 4 Palette Columns Page 15 Delete... FILE Page 15 Modify... Page 6 Open Image... ————————————— —————Palette————— Page 16 Find Better color Page 6 New Page 16 Eyedropper Page 6 Open... Page 17 Page 7 Save Re-number by order Page 7 Save As... ————————————— —————Export————— Page 17 Find Color... Page 17 Page 7 Submit by email... Check all colors Page 17 Page 8 Export into PDF format... Uncheck all colors Page 10 Export into XML format... ————————————— Page 10 Export into Excel format... Page 17 Color Analyzer... —Export into another running VIEW Page 18 Columns... PaletteCreator——— ————————————— Page 11 Copy Selected Color Page 18 Toolbar Page 11 Copy Whole Palette Page 18 Status Bar ————Print Palette———— PLUG INS Page 11 Print Pixelator Page 18 Page 11 Print Preview OPTIONS Page 12 Print Setup... Start up... Page 19 ————————————— Customize Shortcut Keys... Page 19 Page 12 Exit ————————————— EDIT Page 13 Undo Find better color options... Page 19 Printing Font... Page 13 Redo Page 20 HELP Page 20 About PaletteCreator... Table of Contents

- Page 1 -


- Page 2 -


PaletteCreator 5.0

Main Screen

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen You can create new palettes or edit existing palettes for BeadCreator. You cannot print your palettes from BeadCreator. You have to print them from PaletteCreator. You can print to PDF also. Title Bar Menu Commands Tool Bar View Windows Split Screen with Eyedropper turned on

Selected Color Window

Source Image Window Palette Columns

Palette Window Status Bar

Tool Bar Icons

Open Image

Export into XML

Undo

Add

Color Analyzer

Open

Export into Excel

Redo

Delete

Columns

Save

Print

Export into PDF

Print Preview

NOTE: Shortcut keys are no longer assigned. You can assign them yourself. Go to Menu>Options>Customize Shortcut Keys.

Find Better Eyedropper

Modify

Pixelator

Find Color

About

Scale - Page 3 -


Main Screen

PaletteCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) Palette Columns

All of the palette columns can be sorted in ascending or descending order. Just click on the column header. You can also adjust the width by placing the cursor on the right side of the column until it turns into a double arrow; the left-click and drag the column.

Basic Information: 1. Color This is the actual RGB color created by the RGB code you entered. 2. Usage You can choose which colors you want turned on or off when the palette is going to be used in creating a design from a graphic image. See Menu>Edit>Check all colors and Uncheck all colors. 3-5. Red/Green/Blue The palette has a column for each of the numbers in the RGB code (### ### ###). Each RGB code must be unique RGB code in the palette. These columns are not available in BeadCreator. 6. Mfg Name This is the number assigned by the manufacturer or retailer of the beads. Can have letters and numbers. This Name number is also used to keep track of cost and inventory. 7. Index This is a number that is assigned (in consecutive order) as the beads are added to the palette. It’s an important Index # number, in that it is the main sorting number for many functions in BeadCreator. Especially in editing your # designs. You can quickly reassign the Index # from Menu>Edit>Re-number by order. 8. Nick Manufacturers do not normally ‘name’ bead colors. Retailers do. It’s usually more a description of the type of finish and the color of the bead. Production Costs:

The information you enter here will be used in BeadCreator to estimate production costs of your design. It calculates the number of tubes of beads you will need for each bead color and is based on the Count column. These numbers are also used in InventoryManager.

9. Cost\Bead The cost of one bead is calculated automatically and is read only. 10. Bead\Tube The default is 225. Ignore this. You need to know the average amount of beads in 1 gram. For example: there is an average of 200 beads per gram for Delica beads. Take the amount in Grams\Bead and times it by 200. This equals 1500 beads and the number you enter here. 11. Cost\Tube This the cost of the amount of grams you are buying in Grams\Bead. Example: 3.25. 12. Grams\Bead The default size is 7.5. This is the most common gram weight beads are sold by. - Page 4 -


PaletteCreator 5.0

Main Screen

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) Palette Columns (continued) Color Groups and There are three columns for different types of sorting. You can use them for anything you want; but there are palettes Types/Finishes: that come with BeadCreator 5.0 that have a unique Dewey Delica Color Sorting System created by Susie Hughes just for using with BeadCreator. Please refer to her documentation for an explanation of the coding used. See Appendix G - Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System 13. Color\Type All the Delica Beads have been assigned to a Color Group. The palette has also had it’s Index # reassigned, so the palette stays in the Color Group sort. A system of coating and shine levels has been assigned to each Delica Bead. 14. Type\Color All the Delica Beads have been assigned to a Type/Finish. It also includes if the bead recedes or comes forward. Within the types, it is then sorted by Color Group. 15. Safe Color All beads that are shinny, heavily coated, mixed colors, not usable in a weaved design or discontinued have been coded as ‘non-safe’ colors. NOTE: ‘Non-safe’ beads are relegated to the bottom of the palette; but still sorted by their Color Group. These beads have also been ‘unchecked’ in the Usage column in the Dewey Delica II Safe Color Sort palette. All the ‘safe’ beads are at the top of the palette and sorted by their Color Group. Misc. Columns: 16. Durability Miyuki has given all the Delica beads a code that explains each bead’s durability. This information is available on their web site. It’s also been included in the documentation on the Dewey Delica II Color Sorting System. 17. Misc Info You can enter anything you want here.

- Page 5 -


PaletteCreator 5.0

File Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Open Image... You will need a realistic graphic image of the beads you are going to create a palette for. Opens the Select source image file dialog box so you can select an image file. You can sample the colors from the image with the Eyedropper to find RGB colors to put into your palette. JPG - JPG File Format GIF - GIF File Format BMP - Windows Bitmap EMF - Enhanced Windows Metafile ICO - Windows icon

Right-click on the Source Image window and this Context Menu pops up.

Click the [OPEN] button to open the image. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without opening an image file.

————————————————————————Palette———————————————————————— Clears the currently opened palette so you can start a new one. New Open...

Opens the Select a palette file dialog box. Lets you select a palette file that you want to open in the program. Own Palette Files (*.pal) Bead Tool Palette Files (*btc) BeadCellar Palette Files (*.xml)

Right-click on the Palette window and this Context Menu pops up.

Click the [OPEN] button. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without opening a palette.

- Page 6 -


File Menu Commands

PaletteCreator 5.0

————————————————————————Palette———————————————————————— Saves the current palette. It saves with current order, so be sure to have sorted the column you want it sorted by. Save

Save As... Saves the current palette to another name. Opens the Select a filename for export to dialog box. Browse to the Palette folder and type the name of the ‘new palette’ in the File name field.

Click the [Save] button to save your new palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving.

————————————————————————Export———————————————————————— Submit by email...

The Submit Palette dialog box opens. This command allows you to submit the current palette over the Internet to the network of BeadCreator users.

Not functional at this time. You can upload palettes you want to share to the user’s forum located at: http://www.beadcreator-family.com/

Click on the [OK] button and your mail program (example is Outlook Express) will open. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without submitting. - Page 7 -


File Menu Commands

PaletteCreator 5.0

————————————————————————Export———————————————————————— Export into PDF format... You can have the palette saved as a PDF file for viewing or printing later. Whatever columns and sort is showing is how the palette will be saved. To change what columns are showing go to Menu>View>Columns. The Export Palette Into PDF As dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the PDF saved. Type in a unique name in the File name field. You can change the Fonts and the Layout. See instructions next page.

Click the [Save] button to create the PDF document. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without creating a PDF document.

- Page 8 -


PaletteCreator 5.0

File Menu Commands

————————————————————————Export———————————————————————— Export into PDF format... (continued) Click on the [Fonts & Layout...] button.

The Fonts & Layout dialog box opens. You can change the font type and size, page orientation and margins.

You can add additional information to the existing header and footer that PaletteCreator already has. These defaults cannot be changed. They are: Top Center: The file name of the palette. Bottom Left: “PaletteCreator, Version ID: date and time” Bottom Right: “http://www.thoughtfishmedia.com Page X from X” Output element Header Footer Page title BCP version ID Palette color list

You can change the font, it’s size and color on each section (Output element) of the document. When you click on the [Color] button, a standard Windows’s color dialog box opens.

You can choose which paper orientation.

This measurement is in pixels, which is 72 per inch. The number can range from 0 to 90.

You can put this information in the PDF’s Properties information. Creator shows up in the PDF’s properties information as Application. Author shows up as Author. Title shows up as Title.

72 = 1.0 inch 54 = .75 inch 36 = .5 inch 30 = .42 inch Click the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything. - Page 9 -


File Menu Commands

PaletteCreator 5.0

————————————————————————Export———————————————————————— Export into XML format... You can have the palette saved in Extensible Markup Language file format (.xml). Whatever columns and sort is showing is how the palette will be saved. To change what columns are showing go to Menu>View>Columns. The Export Palette in XML Format dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the palette saved. Type in a unique name in the File name field.

Click the [Save] button to save the palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving the palette to .xml format.

Export into Excel format...

You can have the palette saved in Excel file format (.xls). This is a spreadsheet application. Whatever columns and sort is showing is how the palette will be saved. To change what columns are showing go to Menu>View>Columns. The Export Palette in XML Format dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the palette saved. Type in a unique name in the File name field.

Click the [Save] button to save the palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving the palette to .xsl format.

- Page 10 -


File Menu Commands

PaletteCreator 5.0

—————————————————Export into another running PaletteCreator copy——————————————— Copy Selected Color

You need a second PaletteCreator opened. Click on Copy Selected Color in the lst PaletteCreator; then click on the 2nd PaletteCreator.

Copy Whole Palette

You can add all of the 1st to the 2nd. The 2nd can have existing colors and they will be at the bottom. Be careful not to duplicate colors.

———————————————————————Print Palette———————————————————————

Print

Opens the Print dialog box where you can print a hard copy of your current palette and what columns are showing. Use the Print Preview command to see what will be printed before sending it to the printer.

Click the [OK] button to print the palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without printing the palette. NOTE: You can change the printing font at Menu>Options>Printing Fonts... NOTE: You can change what columns are printed at Menu>View>Columns.

Print Preview

Opens a window that shows you what would be printed if you were to use the Print command. You can choose what columns are printed. Go to Menu>View>Columns.

- Page 11 -


File Menu Commands

PaletteCreator 5.0

———————————————————————Print Palette———————————————————————

Print Setup...

Opens the Print Setup dialog box so you can select the printer, paper size and orientation settings you want to use when printing. Click the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Exit Closes the PaletteCreator program.

If the palette has changed, a dialog box opens so you can save the changes. Click on the [Yes] button to save the changes and exit the program. Click on the [No] button to not save the changes and exit the program. Click on the [Cancel] button to not exit the program.

- Page 12 -


Edit Menu Commands

PaletteCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Undo Allows you to cancel any previous action.

Redo Allows you to apply any canceled previous action.

————————————————————————Color—————————————————————————

Add...

Opens the Add color dialog box so you can add a new color to the palette. NOTE: If you have picked a color with the Eyedropper tool and it is still active. A different dialog box opens that is explained next.

Click the [OK] button to add a new color. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without adding anything. NOTE: It‘s possible to reorder colors after adding by left-clicking and dragging it to where you want it in the list.

- Page 13 -


Edit Menu Commands

PaletteCreator 5.0

————————————————————————Color————————————————————————— Add... (continued) Add Selected color...

Right-clicking in the Source Image window opens the Add selected color dialog box when you have an image opened and have used the Eyedropper to select a color from the image. Source Image Eyedropper The mouse cursor turns into cross-hairs.

Click on the Source Image with the cross-hairs and the RGB color is displayed in the bottom of the Selected Color window. The top color is the last bead’s RGB color. Right-clicking in the Source Image window (not on the image) and the Add better color dialog box opens. Or you can click on the Add Color icon. In the Selected color section is the RGB color you clicked on with the cross-hairs. The Average color section should be grayed out.

The RGB color is also in the Color section. You can manually change the Red, Green and Blue colors. Clicking on the [Set] button in Selected color, puts those numbers back in the Color section.

Click the [OK] button to add a new bead to your palette. You can add the rest of the information before clicking on [OK] or use Modify later. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without adding a new bead. NOTE: It ‘s possible to reorder colors after adding by left-clicking and dragging it to where you want it in the list. - Page 14 -


Edit Menu Commands

PaletteCreator 5.0

————————————————————————Color————————————————————————— Delete...

Select a bead; then choose the command. A dialog box opens and asks you to confirm the deletion. Click on the [Yes] button to finish deleting the bead or the [No] button to cancel the request.

Modify...

Opens the Modify color dialog box so you can make changes to the currently selected palette color.

Click the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

- Page 15 -


Edit Menu Commands

PaletteCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Find Better color Opens the Add better color dialog box. If you click the [OK] button, you will add a new color to your palette. You can do that; then delete the old bead from the palette. It might be easier to just note the new RGB color and use Modify to change the RGB color on the existing bead. You need to have an image opened. Click on the bead in the palette you want to find a better color for; then open the Eyedropper tool. Source Image Eyedropper The mouse cursor turns into cross-hairs. Click on the Source Image with the cross-hairs and the RGB color is displayed in the bottom of the Selected Color window. The top color is the bead’s current RGB color. Click on the icon and the Add better color dialog box opens.

In the Selected color section is the RGB color you clicked on with the cross-hairs. In the Color and Average color section is a RGB color code that is internally determined by PaletteCreator. You can manually change the Red, Green and Blue colors. Clicking on either of the [Set] buttons, puts those numbers in the Color section. Make a note of which ‘better color’ you want and use Modify to change the existing bead’s RGB color.

Click the [OK] button to save your changes and add a new bead color to the palette. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without adding a new color.

Eyedropper

This toggles the Eyedropper tool off and on. You need to have an image open. When on, the Selected Color window splits into two sections. The bottom section is the RGB color you selected with the Eyedropper. - Page 16 -


PaletteCreator 5.0

Edit Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Re-number by order This immediately re-indexes the order of the palette. The Index # is changed to consecutive order with the current sorted column. This is a must for color group sorting.

Find Color... The Find color By Mfg Name dialog box opens. Enter the Mfg Name in the Field Box. This number is ‘case sensitive’.

Click on the [Next] button and the bead will be highlighted in the list. If you enter a partial number, you can click the [Next] and [Previous] buttons to search for the bead you want. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box.

Check all colors

This command instantly turns on all the colors in the palette.

Uncheck all colors

This command instantly turns off all the colors in the palette.

Color Analyzer...

You need to have an image opened. Launches the Color Analyzer utility which locates every color used in the source image. For high color images, this may take several minutes. When done, the Color Analyzer dialog box opens. Click on the color to choose the one you want.

If you click on the [Add] button, the Add selected color dialog box opens. See the previous page for this dialog box. Click on the [Close] button, if you do not want to add any of the colors.

- Page 17 -


View Menu Commands

PaletteCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Columns... The Select displaying columns dialog box opens. You can drag columns between lists with a left-click of the mouse. You can re-order the columns in the Used columns list by left-clicking and dragging where you want the column. By clicking in the Remember selected color while sorting check box, you can keep the current selected color highlighted.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving anything.

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Toggles the Toolbar on and off. Toolbar

Status Bar Toggles the Status Bar on and off. Below is what is seen in the Status Bar when you have an image opened. Below is what is seen in the Status Bar when you have an palette opened. It shows how many colors are in the palette and how many of those are checked for usage.

Plug Ins Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Pixelator The Pixelator can be used when you want to select a color from an image on the screen. It works independently of PaletteCreator and always stays on top. See the PlugIn - Pixelator. - Page 18 -


PaletteCreator 5.0

Options Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Opens the Start Up dialog box where you can select what files (image or palette file) you want to load Start up... automatically when you start the program. You can also set how many ‘recent files’ you want in the drop-down lists. Gives you the option of customizing keyboard Shortcut Keys for menu commands. There are none assigned in BeadCreator. Click the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

Customize Shortcut Keys...

Opens the Customize Shortcut Keys dialog box. You can add your own keys for the menu commands. There are none assigned in PaletteCreator. Sample Shortcut Keys: Open Image Ctrl+O Save Ctrl+S Save As Ctrl+E Print Ctrl+P Find Better Color Ctrl+F Modify Ctrl+M Add Ctrl+A Delete Ctrl+Delete

Click on the command in the list; then click in the field (at the bottom) that says ‘None’. Perform the key strokes and it appears in the field. To remove the shortcut, click on the command in the list; then click in the field and click on the keyboard ‘delete’ key.

Click the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

Find better color options...

Opens the Better color options dialog box. The default is 1.0. This feature is turned off. In the future, this will let you control how the ‘best color’ is calculated when you use the Find Better Color command in the File Menu.

Click the [OK] button to save your changes, Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything. - Page 19 -


Options Menu Commands

PaletteCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Printing Font... Opens the Font dialog box. You can change to a different font, font style and/or size.

Click the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

Help Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— About PaletteCreator...

Opens the program’s dialog box, which displays information about the program and user license, including name and serial number.

- Page 20 -


Pixelator 5.0 ——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Page 23 Main Screen Page 23 Using with PaletteCreator Page 23 Pixelator Options Page 24 Mirror Page 25 Info Page 25 Hot Key Page 26 About Pixelator Table of Contents

- Page 21 -


- Page 22 -


Main Screen

Pixelator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen The Pixelator can be used when you want to select a color from an image on the screen. It works independently of PaletteCreator and always stays on top. You can resize Pixelator by dragging the lower right-hand corner. There is an internal palette of colors. Most likely safe browser colors.

Using with PaletteCreator Resize PaletteCreator to half the screen. Open another application, web browser or even a folder of scanned beads and resize it to the other half of the screen. Open Pixelator and point the cursor to a color; then remove your hand so the cursor stays on that pixel. Use the Hot Key Ctrl+F2 (Copy RGB). This adds the color to the palette and assigns a Mfg Name of ‘Captured color’.

- Page 23-


Pixelator 5.0

Options

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— The Pixelator Options dialog box opens. Pixelator Options Mirror Area Radus: You can adjust (3 to 50) the amount of area surrounding the one pixel you are looking at. Scale Value: You can adjust the size of the scale from 1 to 20. Show Grid: Places a grid over the Mirror to better see each pixel.

Grid Color: You can change the color of the grid to better contrast the pixel colors.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving the changes..

- Page 24 -


Pixelator 5.0

Options

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Pixelator Options (continued) Info Display Following Info: You can uncheck whatever information you do not need. Prompt on tray at lst minimizing: You can have Pixelator tell you that it has been minimized to Window’s tray the first time you minimized. If you uncheck, then it won’t tell you.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit without saving the changes.

Hot Key These are the different keyboard shortcuts you can use. Click on the command in the list; then click in the field (at the bottom) that says ‘None’. Perform the key strokes and it appears in the field. To remove the shortcut, click on the command in the list; then click in the field and click on the keyboard ‘delete’ key.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit without saving the changes.

- Page 25 -


About

Pixelator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— About Pixelator

Opens the program’s dialog box, which displays information about the program and user license, including name and serial number.

- Page 26 -


CollageCreator 5.0 ——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Page 29 Main Screen Page 30 Collage Layers Page 31 Image Properties Page 35 Text Properties FILE Page 38 New Project... Page 38 Open Project... Page 38 Save Project Page 39 Save Project As... ————Scanner————— Page 39 Select Scanner... Page 39 Acquire an Image... ———Result Image———— Page 40 Save... Page 40 Print... Page 41 Print Preview Page 41 Print Setup... ————————————— Page 41 Exit EDIT Copy Page 42 VIEW Layer Border Page 42 Toolbar Page 42 Status Bar Page 42 OPTIONS Reload latest project at startup Page 42 Page 43 Customize Shortcut Keys... HELP Page 44 About CollageCreator Table of Contents

- Page 27 -


- Page 28 -


Main Screen

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen CollageCreator allows you to combine two or more existing images into one merged image called a collage. You can also add a text layer. Title Bar Menu Commands Toolbar

Collage Layers

New Project

Layer Border

Open Project

Print

Save Project

Print Preview

Save Result Image

Scanner Device Selection

Copy the Result Image

About CollageCreator Scale Scales the collage in the top section.

Project properties

NOTE: Shortcut keys are not assigned. You can assign them yourself. Go to Menu>Options>Customize Shortcut Keys. Status Bar - Page 29 -


CollageCreator 5.0

Main Screen

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) The first thing you need to do is start a new project. See instructions under Menu>File>New Project... Collage Layers Click on the [Insert Image Layer...] button. The Insert Layer Image dialog box opens. Browse to where your images are stored and click on the image you want so that it’s name goes into the File Name field. Files Types: JPG File Format PhotoShop File Format GIF File Format PNG File Format TIF File Format Windows Bitmap Truevision Targa File Format PCX File Format Windows Meta File Click on the [Open] button and your image opens. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without opening an image file. Repeat the above process to open another image. See example on the left. It shows 3 layers for this project. NOTE: You can move the images around where you want them in the section on the right side of the screen. Cross-hairs show up on the active layer and you can drag the image. You can delete a layer by clicking on the [Delete Layer] button. This immediately deletes whichever layer is highlighted. There is no undo. You can also move your layers around. Highlight whichever layer you want to move; then click on the [Up] or [Down] arrow buttons to move it where you want it. The lower layer is the bottom. You can insert a text layer. See instructions on Text Layer. - Page 30 -


Main Screen

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) Image Properties

There are many effects you can apply to an image. Highlight the image you want to work with. The image opens in the bottom section. Any effects you apply to the image will show up here. The top section is your collage. For the effects just applied in the bottom section to be seen in the collage in the top section, you will need to click on the [Apply] button.

There are no Undo or Redo commands in CollageCreator. The effects dialog boxes all have some way to restore the image back to it’s original state. If you do not like the effect; then re-open the dialog box and restore back to original state. You will have to click on the [Apply] button again to remove the effect from the collage. You can change the Position of the image inside the collage area.

You can change the Transparency of the image. The location of the image is shown in the Image Path.

You can change the size, name and/or background color of your collage. Highlight the name of your project in the Collage Layers section on the top. The bottom changes to Project properties. You can change the size, the name and/or the background color.

After making your changes, click on the [Apply] button. Be sure to save or re-save your changes. - Page 31 -


Main Screen

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) Image Properties (continued) Click on the [HSL...] button. The Hue, saturation and lightness dialog box opens. You can add effects with the slider bars.

Click on the [OK] button; then click on the [Apply] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving your settings.

If you want to remove the effect; then re-open the dialog box. Click on the [Back to original] button; then click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Apply] button to remove the effects from the collage.

Click on the [Rotate...] button. The Rotate dialog box opens. You can check or leave unchecked the Keep Original Image Rectangle. Use the slider bar to rotate the image by degrees.

Click on the [OK] button; then click on the [Apply] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving your settings. If you want to remove the effect; then re-open the dialog box. Move the slider bar all the way to the left so the degree is back at zero. Click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Apply] button to remove the effects from the collage.

- Page 32 -


Main Screen

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) Image Properties (continued) Click on the [Crop...] button. The Crop Original Image dialog box opens. You can select a section of the image by left-clicking and dragging with your mouse. You cannot change what area is selected; so try to be precise. The Top\Left Corner and Size show information about the area selected; but you cannot input any changes to the fill-in boxes. This has been reported as a bug.

Click on the [OK] button; then click on the [Apply] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving your settings.

If you want to remove the effect; then re-open the dialog box. Click on the [Select full image] button. Click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Apply] button to remove the effects from the collage.

Click on the [Circle Transform...] button. The Circle Transform dialog box opens. There are 5 effects you can choose by putting a check in the box.

Click on the [OK] button; then click on the [Apply] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving your settings. If you want to remove the effect; then re-open the dialog box. Uncheck the effect. Click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Apply] button to remove the effects from the collage.

- Page 33 -


Main Screen

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) Image Properties (continued)

Click on the [Contrast & Light...] button. The Contrast & Light dialog box opens. Move the slider bars on the effects.

Click on the [OK] button; then click on the [Apply] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving your settings. If you want to remove the effect; then re-open the dialog box. Move the slider bars back to zero. Click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Apply] button to remove the effects from the collage. NOTE: The image in the bottom may not look like it is back to the original; but when you click on the [Apply] button, the image in the collage is back to the original.

Click on the [Filters...] button. The Filters dialog box opens. There are 2 effects you can choose by putting a check in the box. Click on the [OK] button; then click on the [Apply] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving your settings. If you want to remove the effect; then re-open the dialog box. Check Nothing. Click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Apply] button to remove the effects from the collage.

- Page 34 -


Main Screen

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) Text Properties

Click on the [Insert Text Layer...] button. The bottom section becomes Text properties. There are many effects you can apply to the text. Any effects you apply to the text will show up in the bottom section. The top section is your collage. For the effects just applied in the bottom section to be seen in the collage in the top section, you will need to click on the [Apply] button. There are no Undo or Redo commands in CollageCreator. The effects dialog boxes all have some way to restore the image back to it’s original state. If you do not like the effect; then re-open the dialog box and restore back to original state. You will have to click on the [Apply] button again to remove the effect from the collage.

Type in the text; then click on the [Apply] button.

You can change the Angle of the text inside the collage area. You can change the Position of the text inside the collage area.

You can change the Transparency of the text.

- Page 35 -


Main Screen

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) Text Properties (continued)

Click on the [Font & Color...] button. The Font dialog box opens. You can change the font, the style, the size and even the color.

Click on the [OK] button; then click on the [Apply] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving your settings.

Click on the [Gradient...] button. The Gradient Colors dialog box opens. You will need to check the box for Use Gradient Colors; then open the Color dialog boxes with the [Left Color...] and [Right Color...] button to choose the beginning and ending colors of the gradient color.

Click on the [OK] button; then click on the [Apply] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving your settings. If you want to remove the effect; then re-open the dialog box. Uncheck Use Gradient Color. Click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Apply] button to remove the effects from the collage. - Page 36 -


Main Screen

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) Text Properties (continued)

Click on the [Shadow...] button. The Shadow dialog box opens. You can adjust the size of the shadow. You can change the brightness with the slider bar. Click on the [Color...] button and the Color dialog box opens and you can change the color of the shadow. Click it’s [OK] button.

Click on the [OK] button; then click on the [Apply] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving your settings. If you want to remove the effect; then re-open the dialog box. Set the size to zero. Click on the [OK] button. Click on the [Apply] button to remove the effects from the collage.

- Page 37 -


File Menu Commands

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— The New Project dialog box opens. In the Name field type in a unique name. The default size of your new project is entered New Project... for you. Until you know more about size leave the defaults when first learning. Size is based on pixels. There are 72 pixels per inch. When you used your collage in BeadCreator to render a pattern, you will need to know the size in inches if you want it the same size. You will have to calculate this yourself. You do not have to leave it the original size.

Click on the [Background Color...] button and a standard Windows Color dialog box opens. White is usually a good color to start with.

Click on the [OK] button to save. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving a new project.

Open Project...

The Open Project dialog box opens. Browse to where you have stored previously saved collage files (.clc). Click on the project you want to open so that it’s name goes into the File Name field.

Click on the [Open] button to open the project. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without opening a project. Click on the down arrow by the icon in the toolbar and the most recent files are available from the drop-down list.

Save Project

Saves changes to your collage file. The file has to be previously saved to use this command.

- Page 38 -


CollageCreator 5.0

File Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Save Project As... The Save Project As... dialog box opens. Browse to where you want your collage project saved; then type a unique file name in File Name. The program will add .clc to the name for you.

Click on the [Save] button to save the project. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving the project.

Select Scanner... Scans an image file using any TWAIN compliant scanner.

The Select Source dialog box opens. Click on your scanner’s twain compliant driver.

Click on the [Select] button. You can now Acquire An image... directly from your scanner. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without selecting a driver for your scanner.

Acquire an Image...

The application for your scanner should open. If you get the Select source image file dialog box; then your Twain software is not working in CollageCreator. Check your scanner’s downloads for a ‘Twain Driver.’ Your scanner may not be compatible with CollageCreator. - Page 39 -


File Menu Commands

CollageCreator 5.0

———————————————————————Result Image——————————————————————— Save...

The Save Result Image As dialog box opens. Browse to the path you want to save the image in. Fill in the File Name field with a unique name. Click on the type of File Format you want to use. Ignore the Compression Slider Bar because it is non-functional. Save as Type: JPG File Format PNG File Format Windows Bitmap File Format Click on the [Save] button to save your collage as a graphic image. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving. See Appendix A - Working with Graphic Images

Print...

The Print dialog box opens. You might want to use the Print Setup and Print Preview before actually printing the graphic image.

Click on the [OK] button to print the graphic image. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without printing. - Page 40 -


File Menu Commands

CollageCreator 5.0

———————————————————————Result Image——————————————————————— A preview of the graphic image is shown. Click on the [Print] to print from here. Click on the [Close] button to exit. Print Preview

Print Setup... A standard Print Setup dialog box opens. You can select a different printer and the paper orientation from here. You can click on the [OK] button to save your changes and exit the dialog box. Clicking on the [Cancel] button exits the dialog box without saving any changes.

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Exit

Exits CollageCreator. If you did not save the changes made to your collage file; then you will be prompted to do so. Click on the [Yes] button to save your changes and exit CollageCreator. Clicking on the [No] button exits without saving the last changes to your collage. Clicking on the [Cancel] button closes the dialog box without exiting CollageCreator.

- Page 41 -


Edit Menu Commands

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Copies the collage to the clipboard. You can paste your image into editing software. You can also paste the image into BeadCreator Copy with Menu>File>BeadFaerie, Start a new project using an image.

View Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Layer Border

Toggles off and on the layers (with lines drawn or not drawn) around them.

Toolbar

Toggles the Toolbar off and on.

Status Bar

Toggles the Status Bar off and on. The first part (left side) shows info on the project size. The second part (right side) shows info and which ever layer is highlighted.

Options Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Reload latest project at startup

Toggles on or off reloading the last project when you start CollageCreator.

- Page 42 -


Options Menu Commands

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Customize Shortcut Keys... Opens the Customize Shortcut Keys dialog box. You can add shortcut keys.

Currently, there are no shortcuts keys. Click on the command in the list; then click in the field (at the bottom) that says ‘None’. Perform the key strokes and it appears in the field. To remove the shortcut, click on the command in the list; then click in the field and click on the keyboard ‘delete’ key.

Click the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit without changing anything.

- Page 43 -


Help Menu Commands

CollageCreator 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— About CollageCreator...

Opens the program’s dialog box, which displays information about the program and user license, including name and serial number.

- Page 44 -


BeadLayers 5.0 ——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Page 47 HELP Main Screen Page 48 Page 56 About BeadLayers Layers Structure Page 49 Project Properties Page 49 Design Properties Page 50 Text Properties FILE Page 51 New Project... Page 51 Open Project... Page 52 Save Project Page 52 Save Project As... —————Export————— Page 52 Design File... ——————Print————— Page 53 Print... Page 53 Print Preview Page 54 Print Setup... ————————————— Page 54 Exit EDIT Page 55 Copy Image VIEW Toolbar Page 55 Status Bar Page 55 Quick Bead Info on Status Bar Page 55 ———Selected Layer———— Show Border Page 55 Change Mouse Cursor Inside Page 55 OPTIONS Start up... Page 55 Page 56 Customize Shortcut Keys... Table of Contents

- Page 45 -


- Page 46 -


Main Screen

BeadLayers 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— BeadLayers allows you to combine two or more existing designs into one merged design. You can also add a text layer. You Main Screen can start a new layered design here; then finished it in BeadCreator with the Edit commands. Title Bar Menu Commands Toolbar Scale (right side)

New Project Open Project Save Project

Layers Structure All Layers Preview (right side)

Save Project As Design File Print

Scale (right side)

Print Preview

Project Properties & Design Properties

About BeadLayers

Selected Layer Preview (right side)

Status Bar

NOTE: Shortcut keys are not assigned. You can assign them yourself. Go to Menu>Options>Customize Shortcut Keys. - Page 47 -


Main Screen

BeadLayers 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) The first thing you need to do is start a new project. See instructions under Menu>File>New Project... Layers Structure Click on the [Insert Bead Layer...] button. The Open Design File dialog box opens. Browse to where your designs are stored and click on the design you want so that it’s name goes into the File Name field. Files Types: BeadCreator Design File Format (.bc) Click on the [Open] button and your design opens. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without opening a design file. Repeat the above process to open another image. See example on the left. It shows 3 layers for this project. NOTE: You can move the images around where you want them in the All Layers Preview section on the right side of the screen. Cross-hairs show up on the active layer and you can drag the design. You can delete a layer by clicking on the [Delete Layer] button. A dialog box opens. Click on the [OK] button to delete the layer. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without deleting the layer.

You can also move your layers around in the Layers Structure section. Highlight whichever layer you want to move; then click on the [Up] or [Down] arrow buttons to move it where you want it.

You can insert one or more text layers. See instructions on Text Properties. - Page 48 -


BeadLayers 5.0

Main Screen

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) Project Properties You can change your background design. Make your changes; then click on the [Apply] button. In the Project Name fill-in field you can re-name the project. NOTE: The round value adjustment is non-functional for the Rounded Rectangle in Bead Effects.

Design Properties

There are two effects you can apply to a design. Highlight the bead layer you want to work with. The design opens in the Selected Layer Preview section. For the effects applied in the Selected Layer Preview section to be seen in the All Layers Preview section, you will need to click on the [Apply] button.

You can also change the position of the layer on the background design. You can change it with the Left and Top Offset or just drag it around in the All Layers Preview section. The Transparency Slider Bar changes the overall color of the design. The Rotation Angle changes the angle of the design. In the Name fill-in field you can re-name the layer. There are no Undo or Redo commands in BeadLayers. If you do not like the effect; then just change the effect back to zero. You will have to click on the [Apply] button again to remove the effect. - Page 49 -


BeadLayers 5.0

Main Screen

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen (continued) Text Properties

Click on the [Insert Text Layer...] button and the default ‘TEXT’ is created. In the Text Properties you can edit the text.

Click on the [Apply] button and the text is changed. There are two effects you can apply to text. Highlight the text layer you want to work with. For the effects applied in the Selected Layer Preview section to be seen in the All Layers Preview section, you will need to click on the [Apply] button. You can also change the position of the text on the background design. You can change it with the Left and Top Offset or just drag it around in the All Layers Preview section. The Transparency Slider Bar changes the overall color of the design. The Rotation Angle changes the angle of the design. In the Name fill-in field you can re-name the layer. There are no Undo or Redo commands in BeadLayers. If you do not like the effect; then just change the effect back to zero. You will have to click on the [Apply] button again to remove the effect. Click on the [Font & Color...] button. The Font dialog box opens. You can change the font, the style, the size and even the color.

Click on the [OK] button; then click on the [Apply] button. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving your settings.

- Page 50 -


File Menu Commands

BeadLayers 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— You will need to create a background design for your BeadLayers Project. Your background design and the designs you are New Project... going to open should all be of the same Bead Pattern Format and Bead Size. The layered designs also need to be smaller than it’s preceding layer or you will not be able to see them. This is basically the same as creating a blank design in Bead Faerie. Please refer to the instructions in Chapter 2 of the Manual under Menu>File>Bead Faerie. The explanations of Bead Effects is in Chapter 1 of the Manual. NOTE: The round value adjustment is non-functional for the Rounded Rectangle in Bead Effects. There is also an option to change the background color by clicking on the [Background Color] button. Clicking on the [Browse] button opens the Open Palette File dialog box. In the Project Name field, fill-in a unique name for the BeadLayers Project.

Click on the [Create] button to create a background design. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without creating a background design.

Open Project...

The Open BeadLayers File dialog box opens. Browse to the file you want to open and click on it so it goes into the File Name field.

Click on the [Open] button and the project opens. Click on the [Cancel] button and the dialog box closes without opening a project. Click on the down arrow by the icon in the toolbar and the most recent files are available from the drop-down list. - Page 51 -


File Menu Commands

BeadLayers 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Save Project Saves changes to your BeadLayers file. The file has to be previously saved to use this command.

Save Project As...

The Save As... dialog box opens. Browse to where you want your BeadLayers project saved. In the File Name field it say ‘Untitled.blc’. Change the name to something unique.

Click on the [Save] button to save the project. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving the project.

—————————————————————————Export——————————————————————— Design File...

The Export into BeadCreator Design File As dialog box opens. Allows you to save your BeadLayers design in the BeadCreator file format (.bc). This gives you the ability to edit your layered design with all the commands available in BeadCreator. Browse to where you want to store the file. Type in a unique name in the File Name field.

Click on the [Save] button to save as a .bc file. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving the design.

- Page 52 -


File Menu Commands

BeadLayers 5.0

—————————————————————————Print———————————————————————— Print...

The Print dialog box opens. You might want to use the Print Setup and Print Preview before actually printing the design.

Click on the [OK] button to print the design. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without printing.

Print Preview

A preview of the design image is shown. Click on the [Print] to print from here. Click on the [Close] button to exit.

- Page 53 -


File Menu Commands

BeadLayers 5.0

—————————————————————————Print———————————————————————— Print Setup... A standard Print Setup dialog box opens. You can select a different printer and the paper orientation from here. You can click on the [OK] button to save your changes and exit the dialog box. Clicking on the [Cancel] button exits the dialog box without saving any changes.

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Exit

Exits BeadLayers. If you did not save the changes made to your project file; then you will be prompted to do so. Click on the [Yes] button to save your changes and exit BeadLayers. Clicking on the [No] button exits without saving the last changes to your project. Clicking on the [Cancel] button closes the dialog box without exiting BeadLayers.

- Page 54 -


Edit Menu Commands

BeadLayers 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Copies image in the All Layers Preview window to the clipboard. You can then paste the image into image editing software. Copy Image

View Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Toggles the Toolbar off and on. Toolbar

Status Bar

Toggles the Status Bar off and on. The first part (left side) shows info on the project size. The middle part shows palette info and the third (right side) is which ever layer is highlighted.

Quick Bead Info on Status Bar

Shows bead info on design in All Layers Preview section.

———————————————————————Selected Layer—————————————————————— Show Border Toggles off and on the layers (with lines drawn or not drawn) around them. Change Mouse Cursor Inside

Toggles off and on changing the mouse cursor to arrows.

Options Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Start up... The Start up options dialog box opens. You can un-check the box to have the last design file loaded when you open BeadLayers. The default is the box is checked.

Click the [OK] button to save your change. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything. - Page 55 -


Options Menu Commands

BeadLayers 5.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Customize Shortcut Keys... Opens the Customize Shortcut Keys dialog box. You can add shortcut keys. Currently, there are no shortcuts keys. Click on the command in the list; then click in the field (at the bottom) that says ‘None’. Perform the key strokes and it appears in the field. To remove the shortcut, click on the command in the list; then click in the field and click on the keyboard ‘delete’ key.

Click the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

Help Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— About BeadLayers...

Opens the program’s dialog box, which displays information about the program and user license, including name and serial number.

- Page 56 -


InventoryManager 1.0 ——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Page 59 Introduction VIEW Page 60 Main Screen Page 69 Columns... Page 60 Tool Bar Icons Page 69 Mark Shortage FILE —————————————— Page 61 Page 70 Expand All Import Colors From Palette... —————————————— Page 70 Close All Page 61 New —————————————— Page 62 Toolbar Open... Page 70 Page 62 Status Bar Save Page 70 Page 62 Save As... OPTIONS Page 71 Customize Shortcut Keys... —————————————— Page 63 Export As PDF file... HELP Page 64 Fonts & Layout... Page 71 About InventoryManager Page 65 Export As Excel file... —————————————— Page 65 Exit EDIT Page 66 Add Bead... Page 66 Delete Bead... Page 67 Modify Bead... —————————————— Page 67 Find Bead... Page 68 Find Design... —————————————— Page 68 Remove Design... Page 68 Remove As Completed Page 68 Remove As Offcast Table of Contents

- Page 57 -


- Page 58 -


Introduction

InventoryManager 1.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— InventoryManager is a database. It is opened by going to Window’s Start>Programs>BeadCreator (your version). It can also be opened from BeadCreator from Menu>Inventory>Open Inventory... The database’s file format is .INV and there should only be one active file. It’s location is unique. It must be placed in BeadCreator’s Main Folder. The path is C:\Program Files\BeadCreator(your version)\your inventory.INV. NOTE: Your inventory database should be archived (saved outside your computer) just like you do your palettes and designs. If at any time you need to uninstall and re-install BeadCreator, be sure to copy the .inv file. The column Mfg Name or Name is very important when matching bead colors in designs with your inventory database. As with Delica beads, that Mfg Name (DBXXXX) in the palette of the design must match exactly the Name column in the database. If you have designs that have palettes that do not match this form in identifying bead colors, you will need to either edit the design’s palette manually or go to Menu>Edit>Change Palette. Also, the Mfg Name can identify the bead size/type. Using Delica beads as an example: DB is size 11 and DBS is size 15. You would have two separate palettes; but you can put them into one database. Open the database you created for the DB size 11; then import the beads from the palette for the DBS size 15. Different bead types, like Toho, are also added to the same database. Remember, you can only have one ‘active’ database. All designs created in BeadCreator 5.0 will require an additional naming besides the design’s .bc name. It’s an inventory name referred to as Nick. New designs will require the naming from Bead Faerie. Design’s created in earlier version of BeadCreator will require an inventory name if you want to use the design with the inventory database. Go to Menu>File>Properties and click on the [Nick...] button to give the design a Nickname. NOTE: The Nickname is what will be showing in the Title Bar. It might be easier to just add ‘Inv’ to the design’s file name. Entering your bead stash inventory is different than you might be used to. The amount used is based on a bead count of ‘each’. This involves some math. If your inventory is based on gram weight; then you will need to multiply your gram weight times ‘average number of beads per gram’ for the ‘each’ count that you will have to enter at Modify Bead.

- Page 59 -


InventoryManager 1.0

Main Screen

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Main Screen Title Bar Menu Commands Tool Bar Database Columns

Status Bar

Tool Bar Icons

Save

Add Bead

Find Bead

Mark Shortage

Export As PDF

Delete Bead

Find Design

Expand All

Export As Excel

Modify Bead

Columns

Close All

NOTE: Shortcut keys are no longer assigned. You can assign them yourself. Go to Menu>Options>Customize Shortcut Keys.

- Page 60 -

About


InventoryManager 1.0

File Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Import Colors From Palette... You can import a list from an existing palette. You will need to input your inventory manually after the palette is imported. You can import other palettes (different bead sizes and/or types) and have one list of all of your beads. If fact, having one database of all your beads is how InventoryManager is designed to work. The best way to distinguish your different bead sizes and types (Delica, Toho, Miyuki 11 round, etc...) is to use the Mfg Name or # (name) to identify your bead sizes and types. The Open Palette dialog box opens.

The palette no longer has an inventory, so you will have to input your inventory. You can save a lot of typing if you have a lot of beads with the same inventory count by setting a default number with the Set beads count by default fill-in field. NOTE: See Modify Bead... before entering the bead count because this number is by ‘each’, not grams.

You can also set a bead size for all the beads in the palette you are importing. This is based on a drop-down list that is used for ‘bead size’ when creating patterns. NOTE: Currently, this is a drop-down list that you cannot change from here. You can edit from BeadCreator>Menu>Options>Preferences>Bead Sizes. Ideally, this would be a fill-in field because Bead Size in inventory and Bead Size in designs are very different. Browse to the palette you want to copy or add. Click on it so that it’s name goes into the File name fill-in box.

Click on the [Open] button to import the palette information. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without importing the palette information.

New Clears the current inventory file from program.

- Page 61 -


File Menu Commands

InventoryManager 1.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Open... Opens the Open dialog box. Lets you select an inventory file that you want to open in the program. Browse to where the file is located and click on it so that it’s name goes into the File name field.

Click the [OPEN] button to open the inventory file. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without opening an inventory file .

Save

Saves the current inventory.

Save As... Saves the current inventory file to another name. Opens the Save As dialog box. Browse to the location where you want it saved; then type the name of the ‘new inventory’ in the File name field.

Click the [Save] button to save your new inventory. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving. - Page 62 -


File Menu Commands

InventoryManager 1.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— You can have the palette saved as a PDF file for viewing or printing later. Whatever columns and sort is showing is Export As PDF file... how the database will be saved. To change what columns are showing go to Menu>View>Columns.

The Export Current Table As PDF File dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the PDF saved. Type in a unique name in the File name field. You can change the Fonts and the Layout. See instructions next page.

You can have only the shortage of bead colors included by placing a checkmark in the box indicated.

Click the [Save] button to create the PDF document. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without creating a PDF document.

- Page 63 -


InventoryManager 1.0

File Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Export As PDF file... (continued) Click on the [Fonts & Layout...] button. The Fonts & Layout dialog box opens. You can change the font type and size, page orientation and margins.

You can add additional information to the existing header and footer that InventoryManager already has. These defaults cannot be changed. They are: Top Center: The file name of the database. Bottom Left: “InventoryManager, Version ID: date and time” Bottom Right: “http://www.thoughtfishmedia.com Page X from X”

Output element Header Footer Page title BCP version ID Palette color list

You can choose which paper orientation. You can change the font, it’s size and color on each section (Output element) of the document. When you click on the [Color] button, a standard Windows’s color dialog box opens.

You can put this information in the PDF’s Properties information. Creator shows up in the PDF’s properties information as Application. Author shows up as Author. Title shows up as Title.

This measurement is in pixels, which is 72 per inch. The number can range from 0 to 90. 72 = 1.0 inch 54 = .75 inch 36 = .5 inch 30 = .42 inch Click the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything. - Page 64 -


File Menu Commands

InventoryManager 1.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— You can have the database saved in Excel file format (.xls). This is a spreadsheet application. Whatever Export As Excel file... columns and sort is showing is how the database will be saved. To change what columns are showing go to Menu>View>Columns. The Export Current Table As Excell File dialog box opens. Browse to where you want the database saved. Type in a unique name in the File name field.

You can have only the shortage of bead colors included by placing a checkmark in the box indicated.

Click the [Save] button to save the spreadsheet. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving the database to .xsl format.

Exit

Closes the InventoryManager program. If the database has changed, a dialog box opens so you can save the changes. Click on the [Yes] button to save the changes and exit the program. Click on the [No] button to not save the changes and exit the program. Click on the [Cancel] button to not exit the program.

- Page 65 -


Edit Menu Commands

InventoryManager 1.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Add Bead... The Add Bead... dialog box opens. This is very much like entering a new bead in a palette. Normally, you would be adding a new bead to an already existing palette. What you enter there, should be entered here. There are two new fields that are included in the database. 1. Inventory Bead’s Number: This is a bead count of ‘each’ bead. You will need to do the math based on your gram weight times ‘average beads per gram’. This is necessary because the ‘count’ in designs are base on ‘each’. 2. Bead Size: Currently, this is a drop-down list that you cannot change from here. You can edit from BeadCreator>Menu>Options>Preferences>Bead Sizes. Ideally, this would be a fill-in field because Bead Size in inventory and Bead Size in designs are very different.

Click on the [OK] button to add the bead to your database. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without adding the bead.

Delete Bead...

Select a bead; then choose the command. A dialog box opens and asks you to confirm the deletion. Click on the [Yes] button to finish deleting the bead or the [No] button to cancel the request.

- Page 66 -


Edit Menu Commands

InventoryManager 1.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Modify Bead... The Modify Bead... dialog box opens. This is where you can add your inventory.

There are two new fields that are included in the database. 1. Inventory Bead’s Number: This is a bead count of ‘each’ bead. You will need to do the math based on your gram weight times ‘average beads per gram’. This is necessary because the ‘count’ in designs are base on ‘each’. 2. Bead Size: Currently, this is a drop-down list that you cannot change from here. You can edit from BeadCreator>Menu>Options>Preferences>Bead Sizes. Ideally, this would be a fill-in field because Bead Size in inventory and Bead Size in designs are very different.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving your changes.

Find Bead... The Find Bead By Mfg Name dialog box opens. Enter the Mfg Name in the Field Box. This is ‘case sensitive’.

Click on the [Next] button and the bead will be highlighted in the list. If you enter a partial number, you can click the [Next] and [Previous] buttons to search for the bead you want. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box.

- Page 67 -


Edit Menu Commands

InventoryManager 1.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Find Design...

The Find Design dialog box opens. Select the inventory design from the drop-down list.

Click on the [Next] button and the design will be highlighted in the list. Click the [Next] and [Previous] buttons to search for every bead color used in the design. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box.

If you want to find the location of the original design, click on the [Path...] button. The dialog box shows you the path. If it’s too long to see the complete path; then is has been copied into the clipboard. Just open Window’s Notepad and paste. Click on the [OK] button to exit the dialog box.

Remove Design...

The Remove Design From Inventory dialog box opens. You have two choices: Remove As Completed This removes Assigned beads in the design from your inventory. Remove As Offcast This returns Assigned beads in the design back into your inventory.

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without saving your changes. - Page 68 -


View Menu Commands

InventoryManager 1.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Columns... Opens Select displaying columns dialog box that lets you add, delete and sort columns shown in the list.

You can drag columns between lists with a left-click of the mouse. You can re-order the columns in the Used columns list by left-clicking and dragging where you want the column.

You can automatically choose columns by Types by clicking in the checkmark box. The Types include: Inventory Shortage Need Assign Free

Click on the [OK] button to save your changes. Clicking on the [Cancel] button, exits the dialog box without saving anything.

Mark Shortage

This toggles on and off all beads that have a shortage and is indicated in red.

- Page 69 -


View Menu Commands

InventoryManager 1.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Toggles the Expand All on. This shows bead colors that have designs deducted from your inventory. These bead colors will Expand All have a plus sign.

Close All

Toggles the Expand All off.

Toolbar

Toggles the Toolbar on and off.

Status Bar

Toggles the Status Bar on and off.

- Page 70 -


Options Menu Commands

InventoryManager 1.0

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Customize Shortcut Keys... Opens the Customize Shortcut Keys dialog box. You can add your own shortcut keys for the menu commands.

Currently, there are no shortcuts keys.

Click on the command in the list; then click in the field (at the bottom) that says ‘None’. Perform the key strokes and it appears in the field. To remove the shortcut, click on the command in the list; then click in the field and click on the keyboard ‘delete’ key.

Click the [OK] button to save your changes. Click on the [Cancel] button to exit the dialog box without changing anything.

Help Menu Commands

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— About InventoryManager...

Opens the About InventoryManager dialog box, which displays information about the program.

- Page 71 -


- Page 72 -


BeadCreator 5.0 - Part 2

Appendix

Orange Red Amber Topaz Copper Beige Brown Yellow Green Yellow Olive Mint Lime Green1 Chartreuse Green2 Aqua Aquamarine Faded Jade Teal Turquoise Blue Capri Blue Periwinkle Blue1 Blue2 Mixed Colors

Colors which might change and/or fade due to bright sun or deterioration with time.

B

Colors rubbing off from friction or contact with skin acid.

C

Colors which will alter or fade from dry- cleaning.

0

There is no problem in usual use.

-

There might be a problem in durability by individual use.

x

There is not strong durability, so attention is required for use.

NO NAME

42 43 44 45 46 47 50 51 52 60 61 62 63 64 70 71 72 73 80 81 82 83 84 89

A

Dewey Delica II Color Groups

Clear - Cloudy White - Cream Gray1 Gray2 Gray3 - Black Taupe Silver Matte Goldish Matte Shiny Silver Shiny Goldish Pink Salmon Rose Red Cranberry Maroon Red Violet Fuchsia Mauve Amethyst Violet Blue Violet Peach Orange

Durability

NO NAME

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 30 31 32 33 34 35 40 41

SECOND COLOR GROUPINGS 94 Non-Safe Colors 95 Heavy Coating 96 Non Distinguishable 97 Discontinued 98 Use With Caution 99 Unknown SAFE SAFE S0 Shine-None C0 Coating-None S1 Shine-Slight C1 Coating-Slight NON-SAFE NON-SAFE S2 Shine-Light C2 Coating-Light S3 Shine-Average C3 Coating-Average S4 Shine-Heavy C4 Coating-Heavy

Quick Info - Print and fold in half

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Print Outs -Color Groups/Durability Dewey Delica

1) Some beads are dyed, galvanized or plated. The colors on the outer layers may come off, rubbed, or if soaked in the strong solvent. 2) Silverline or galvanized beads are oxidized while apply on certain fabrics that are acidic, the may decay or turn dark due to the chemical change. In order to avoid such case, neutralize your fabrics and threads before embrodering. 3) Some dyed color beads might fade by the sunray.


BeadCreator 5.0 - Part 2

Appendix

Quick Info - Print and fold in half

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Print Outs -Glass Types/Surface Finishes Dewey Delica Glass Types/Surface Finishes - DDSSII

Glass Types/Surface Finishes - DDSSII

No

Abbreviation

Type/Finish Description

No

Abbreviation

Type/Finish Description

100 110 112 114 115 116 118 119 120 121 128 129 138 140 142 143 144 146 150 151 152 156 170 171 199

TR TR AB TR LSTR TR GLST TR GLST AB TR GLZ TR GLZ LSTR TR GLZ LSTR AB TR MAT TR MAT AB TR MAT GLZ LSTR TR MAT DY TR SMT S/L DY TR S/L TR S/L GLZ TR S/L GLZ AB TR S/L DY TR ID/LC PRL TR ID/LC TR ID/LC AB TR ID/LC LSTR TR WID/L AB TR GLD/L TR COP/L TR DY

Transparent Transp AB Transp Luster Transp Gold Luster Transp Gold Luster AB Transp Glazed Color Transp Glazed Color Luster Transp Glazed Color Luster AB Transp Matte Transp Matte AB Transp Matte Glazed Color Luster Transp Matte Dyed Transp Semi-Matte Silverlined Dyed Transp Silverlined Transp Silverlined Glazed Color Transp Silverlined Glazed Color AB Transp Silverlined Dyed Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color Pearlized Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color AB Transp Inside Dyed/Lined Color Luster Transp White Inside Dyed/Lined AB Transp 24kt Gold Lined Transp Copper Lined Transp Dyed

517 518 520 521 522 524 525 526 527 528 529 599

OP GLZ AB OP GLZ LSTR OP MAT OP MAT AB OP MAT LSTR OP MAT GLST OP MAT GLST AB OP MAT GLZ OP MAT GLZ AB OP MAT GLZ LSTR OP MAT DY OP DY

Opaque Glazed Color AB Opaque Glazed Color Luster Opaque Matte Opaque Matte AB Opaque Matte Luster Opaque Matte Gold Luster Opaque Matte Gold Luster AB Opaque Matte Glazed Color Opaque Matte Glazed Color AB Opaque Matte Glazed Color Luster Opaque Matte Dyed Opaque Dyed

300 310 340 341 342 344 351 370 371

OPAL OPAL AB OPAL S/L OPAL S/L AB OPAL S/L GLZ OPAL S/L DY OPAL ID/LC AB OPAL GLD/L OPAL COP/L

Opalescent Opal AB Opal Silverlined Opal Silverlined AB Opal Silverlined Glazed Color Opal Silverlined Dyed Opal Inside Dyed/Lined Color AB Opal 24kt Gold Lined Opal Copper Lined

600 610 611 612 614 615 620 621 622 625 660 661 665 666

MET MET AB MET IRIS MET LSTR MET GLST MET GLST AB MET MAT MET MAT AB MET MAT LSTR MET MAT GLST AB MET GM MET GM IRIS MET BR MET BR AB

Metallic Metallic AB Metallic Iris Metallic Luster Metallic Gold Luster Metallic Gold Luster AB Metallic Matte Metallic Matte AB Metallic Matte Luster Metallic Matte Gold Luster AB Metallic Gunmetal Metallic Gunmetal Iris Metallic Bronze Metallic Bronze AB

700 729 731 736 799

GALV GALV MAT DY GALV SMT GALV SMT DY GALV DY

Galvanized Galvanized Matte Dyed Galvanized Semi-Matte Galvanized Semi-Dyed Dyed Galvanized Dyed

400 410 416 418 441 444 450

SILK SILK AB SILK GLZ SILK GLZ LSTR SILK S/L AB SILK S/L DY SILK ID/LC

Silk (satin finish) Silk AB Silk Glazed Color Silk Glazed Color Luster Silk Silverlined AB Silk Silverlined Dyed Silk Inside Dyed/Lined Color

500 510 512 514 515 516

OP OP AB OP LSTR OP GLST OP GLST AB OP GLZ

Opaque Opaque AB Opaque Luster Opaque Gold Luster Opaque Gold Luster AB Opaque Glazed Color

810 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 885 886 887 888 889

SP AB SP GLD SP GLD AB SP CPPR SP NCKL SP NCKL AB SP NCKL DY SP PLDM SP PLDM AB SP RHDM SP STRL SP MAT GLD SP MAT NCKL SP MAT TIN SP MAT CPPR SP MAT RHDM

Special Plating AB Special Plating 24kt Gold Special Plating 24kt Gold AB Special Plating Copper Special Plating Nickel Special Plating Nickel AB Special Plating Nickel Dyed Special Plating Palladium Special Plating Palladium AB Special Plating Rhodium Special Plating Sterling Special Plating Matte 24kt Gold Special Plating Matte Nickel Special Plating Matte Tin Special Plating Matte Copper Special Plating Matte Rhodium


BeadCreator 5.0 - Part 2

Appendix

——————————————————————————————————————————————————— Print Outs -Your Bead Size Chart - Fill-in

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

Name

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

Height (inches)

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

Width (inches)

—————————————————————————————————————————————————— ——————————————————————————————————————————————————

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

1

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

Name

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

Your Bead Sizes

Default Bead Sizes

Beads Beads Width (inches) Per In. Height (inches) Per In.

0.50000 0.50000 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 2 0.50000 0.50000 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 3 0.33333 0.33333 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 4 0.25000 0.25000 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 5 0.20000 0.20000 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 6 0.16667 0.16667 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 7 0.14286 0.14286 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 8 0.12500 0.12500 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 9 0.11111 0.11111 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 10 0.10000 0.10000 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— Default 0.5000 20.00 0.06667 15.00 11 0.05000 0.06667 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 12 0.08333 0.08333 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 13 0.07692 0.07692 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 14 0.07143 0.07143 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 0.06667 0.06667 15 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 0.06250 0.06250 16 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 0.05882 0.05882 17 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 0.05556 0.05556 18 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 0.05263 0.05263 19 —————————————————————— ———————————————————————————— 0.05000 0.05000 20 —————————————————————————————————————————————————— 21

0.04762

0.04762


Delica Bead Tags for 50-bead Peyote Swatches

Version November 2009

In my first round of determining the RGB colors for the Delica beads, I used bead cards. This proved to be a waste of time because beads look different when they are woven together. The true effect of the bead finishes cannot be reflected in one row of beads 5 to 10 beads wide. Any colors on the outside edges of the beads totally disappear when woven. The swatch was the only way to see exactly what the beads would look like woven. Was a tedious task; but well worth the time and effort. These tags are re-designed from the originals I made to attach my bead swatches too. I went through some purchased price tags; but they weren't really suited. I wanted the swatches on a ring type system to begin with so I needed to punch some holes for both the ring and the loop on the swatch. I added a bigger tag for each of the color groups. They are located at the end of this PDF.

Printing the Tags Use the thickest card stock your printer can handle. I use 90 lb. to save wear and tear on the printer. I used a paper cutter with a roller type razor blade, which made the job so much easier than a standard paper cutter or scissors. But if you have to use scissors, use sharp ones. You will need a single hole punch of standard size. I punched holes in fine sand paper to sharpen the hole punch.

Making the Bead Swatches I used the peyote stitch to make the 50-bead swatch. When I need to see how beads are going to look beaded together, I run a needle between the zipper effect peyote gives with the half rows. So keep your tension loose on the thinner beads or the fatter beads will not mesh with them. I used white Nymo D cone thread because it's what I have the most of. The color of the thread you actually use will effect those transparent beads somewhat. I kept the thread for swatches always white because it is easier to mentally adjust what other colored threads will do. Personally, I like to use neutral colors in most of my bead weaving now. This is even, flat peyote. Start by stringing one bead and making it a stop bead 6 to 8 inches from the tail end of the thread. String the next 10 beads. Hold these beads tight against the stop bead and pick up the 11th bead and go through the 9th bead. Continued picking up a bead and going through a bead until you reach the 50th bead. Go through bead 41 to start your loop. I just looped around my fingers and went back through bead 41 again; then worked the thread around until the thread was secure. I buried and tied off with a series of two separate surgeons knots. Remove the thread from around the first (stop bead) and tie off and bury the tail.

50

Tail is 6 to 8 inches long.

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

41

11

The swatch is 1/2 inch wide. The loop needs to be at least 1 inch long.

10

Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes All Rights Reserved


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 1

10:98:C0:S0 DB-0141 A A0B0C0 100R Clear TR

10:98:C1:S1 DB-0670 B A0B0C0 410F Crystal SILK AB

11:94:C2:S2 DB-0202 A A0B0C0 510F White OP AB

10:98:C0:S2 DB-0050 A A0B0C0 112F Clear TR LSTR

10:98:C0:S1 DB-0672 F A-B-C0 418F Cream Pale SILK GLZ LSTR

11:11:C0:S0 DB-1490 B A0B0C0 516F Bisque White OP GLZ

10:98:C2:S2 DB-0051 A A0B0C0 110F Clear TR AB

10:98:C0:S1 DB-0673 F A-B-C0 418F Ivory Pale SILK GLZ LSTR

11:11:C0:S0 DB-1510 E A0B0C0 526R Bisque White OP MAT GLZ

10:98:C2:S3 DB-0109 C A0B-C0 119F Clear TR GLZ LSTR AB

10:98:C0:S1 DB-0676 F A0B0C0 416F Gray Pale SILK GLZ

11:11:C0:S0 DB-0352 D A0B-C- 528R Cream Lt OP MAT GLZ LSTR

10:98:C0:S1 DB-1671 A A0B0C- 146F Clear TR ID/LC PRL

10:98:C0:S0 DB-0741 B A0B0C0 120R Crystal TR MAT

11:94:C2:S2 DB-1500 B A0B0C0 517F Bisque White OP GLZ AB

10:98:C0:S1 DB-1701 C A0B0C- 146F White TR ID/LC PRL

10:98:C1:S0 DB-0851 B A0B0C0 121R Crystal TR MAT AB

11:11:C1:S0 DB-1520 E A0B0C0 527R Bisque White OP MAT GLZ AB

10:98:C2:S1 DB-0222 A A0B0C0 310F White OPAL AB

11:94:C1:S2 DB-0066 A A0B0C- 156F White TR WID/L AB

11:11:C0:S1 DB-1530 B A0B0C0 518F Bisque White OP GLZ LSTR

10:98:C1:S2 DB-0223 D A-B-C- 341F White OPAL S/L AB

11:11:C0:S0 DB-0200 A A0B0C0 500F White OP

11:11:C1:S0 DB-0883 B A0B0C0 521R Cream OP MAT AB

10:98:C0:S2 DB-0231 A A0B0C0 200F Crystal CYLN

11:11:C0:S1 DB-0211 C A0B-C0 518F Limestone OP GLZ LSTR

11:94:C3:S2 DB-0052 A A-B0CX 151F Cream TR ID/LC AB

10:98:C0:S0 DB-0220 A A0B0C0 300E White OPAL

11:11:C0:S0 DB-0351 D A0B0C0 520R White OP MAT

11:11:C0:S1 DB-0203 A A0B-C0 518F Cream OP GLZ LSTR

10:98:C0:S1 DB-0635 E A0B0C0 400F Crystal SILK

11:94:C0:S2 DB-0201 A A0B0C0 512F White OP LSTR

11:11:C0:S0 DB-0732 A A0B0C0 500F Cream OP


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 2

11:11:C0:S0 DB-0762 B A0B0C0 520R Cream OP MAT

12:12:C0:S0 DB-1498 B A0B0C0 516F Smoke Lt OP GLZ

12:94:C2:S2 DB-1251 A A0B0C0 110F Gray Mist TR AB

11:11:C0:S1 DB-1451 E A-B-C- 342F Cream Dk OPAL S/L GLZ

12:12:C1:S0 DB-1528 E A0B0C0 527R Smoke Lt OP MAT GLZ AB

12:12:C0:S1 DB-1456 E A-B-C- 342F Gray Lt OPAL S/L GLZ

11:94:C2:S2 DB-0157 A A0B0C0 510F Cream Dk OP AB

12:94:C2:S2 DB-1508 B A0B0C0 517F Smoke Lt OP GLZ AB

12:12:C0:S1 DB-1817 E A0B0C- 450F Gray Mist SILK ID/LC

11:11:C0:S0 DB-0353 D A0B-C- 528R Cream Dk OP MAT GLZ LSTR

12:94:C2:S0 DB-1286 B A0B0C0 121R Gray Mist TR MAT AB

12:12:C0:S0 DB-1111 A A0B0C0 100R Gray Mist TR

12:94:C0:S2 C A-B-CGray Pale OPAL S/L

DB-0221 340F

12:12:C0:S0 DB-1518 E A0B0C0 526R Smoke Lt OP MAT GLZ

12:12:C1:S0 DB-1598 B A0B0C0 521R Ghost Gray OP MAT AB

12:12:C0:S1 DB-0209 C A0B-C0 518F Gray Pale OP GLZ LSTR

12:12:C0:S1 DB-1677 A A0B0C- 146F Smoke Lt TR ID/LC PRL

12:12:C0:S0 DB-1589 B A0B0C0 520R Ghost Gray OP MAT

12:12:C0:S0 DB-0357 D A0B-C- 528R Gray Pale OP MAT GLZ LSTR

12:12:C0:S0 DB-1271 B A0B0C0 120R Gray Mist TR MAT

12:12:C0:S0 DB-1139 A A0B0C0 500F Ghost Gray OP

12:12:C0:S1 DB-1711 C A0B0C- 146F Gray Pale TR ID/LC PRL

12:12:C0:S1 DB-1455 E A-B-C- 342F Smoke Lt OPAL S/L GLZ

12:94:C2:S2 DB-1579 A A0B0C0 510F Ghost Gray OP AB

12:94:C0:S2 DB-0252 F A0B-C0 514F Gray Pale OP GLST

12:12:C0:S1 DB-1538 B A0B0C0 518F Smoke Lt OP GLZ LSTR

12:94:C0:S2 DB-1570 A A0B0C0 512F Ghost Gray OP LSTR

12:12:C0:S1 DB-0677 F A0B0C0 416F Gray Lt SILK GLZ

12:94:C2:S3 DB-0110 C A0B-C0 119F Gray Lt TR GLZ LSTR AB

12:12:C0:S0 DB-1406 B A0B0C0 116R Gray Lt TR GLZ

12:12:C0:S1 DB-1816 E A0B0C- 450F Gray Pale SILK ID/LC

12:94:C0:S2 DB-1231 A A0B0C0 112F Gray Mist TR LSTR

12:12:C0:S0 DB-0381 E A0B-C0 128R Shadow Gray TR MAT GLZ LSTR


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 3

12:12:C1:S1 DB-1770 A A0B0C- 351F Gray Lt OPAL ID/LC AB

13:94:C2:S2 DB-0168 A A0B0C0 510F Gray OP AB

14:94:C2:S3 DB-0134 F A0B0C0 515F Gray Dk OP GLST AB

12:94:C1:S2 DB-1793 A A0B0C- 156F Gray Lt TR WID/L AB

13:94:C2:S3 DB-0251 F A0B-C0 515F Smoke Gray OP GLST AB

14:95:C4:S2 DB-0086 A A-B0CX 151F Gray Stone TR ID/LC AB

13:94:C0:S3 DB-0114 C A0B-C0 114F Silver Gray TR GLST

13:94:C3:S2 DB-0081 A A0B0C- 151F Gray TR ID/LC AB

14:14:C1:S0 DB-0307 C A0B0C0 621R Gray Dk MET MAT AB

13:94:C3:S3 DB-0107 C A0B-C0 115F Gray TR GLST AB

13:13:C0:S0 DB-0749 B A0B0C0 120R Gray TR MAT

14:94:C0:S4 DB-0453 G A0B-CX 879F Gunmetal SP NCKL DY

13:94:C2:S3 DB-0111 C A-B-C0 119F Bluish Gray TR GLZ LSTR AB

13:13:C0:S0 DB-0708 A A0B0C0 100R Gray TR

14:94:C3:S0 DB-1053 G A0B0C0 625R Gray Dk MET MAT GLST AB

13:94:C0:S2 DB-0242 A A-B0CX 250F Gray Haze CYLN ID/LC

13:94:C2:S2 DB-0179 A A0B0C0 110F Gray TR AB

14:95:C4:S0 DB-0871 B A0B0C0 521R Black OP MAT AB

13:94:C2:S0 DB-0863 B A0B0C0 121R Gray TR MAT AB

13:94:C3:S0 DB-1063 G A0B0C0 625R Gray MET MAT GLST AB

14:14:C0:S0 DB-0306 C A0B-C- 622R Slate MET MAT LSTR

13:94:C3:S0 DB-0882 B A0B0C0 521R Gray OP MAT AB

13:13:C0:S0 DB-1175 H A0B-CX 729R Graphite GALV MAT DY

14:14:C0:S0 DB-0301 C A0B0C0 622R Gunmetal MET MAT LSTR

13:13:C0:S0 DB-0652 B A0B-CX 599F Gray Blue OP DY

13:94:C0:S2 DB-0268 C A0B-C0 512F Smoke Gray OP LSTR

14:94:C0:S3 DB-0925 A A0B0C- 150F Charcoal TR ID/LC

13:13:C0:S0 DB-0761 B A0B0C0 520R Gray OP MAT

13:13:C1:S1 DB-1774 A A-B0CX 351F Gray OPAL ID/LC AB

14:94:C0:S4 DB-0613 E A0B-CX 144F Gray Dk TR S/L DY

13:13:C0:S0 DB-0731 A A0B0C0 500F Gray OP

14:94:C2:S3 DB-0132 F A0B0C0 515F Bluish Gray Dk OP GLST AB

14:94:C0:S3 DB-0026 F A0B0C0 612F Steel Dk MET LSTR


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 4

14:94:C0:S3 DB-0001 A A0B0C0 660F Gunmetal MET GM

15:15:C0:S0 DB-0382 E A0B-C0 128R Cornsilk TR MAT GLZ LSTR

15:94:C2:S3 DB-1772 A A0B0C- 151F Wet Cement TR ID/LC AB

14:14:C0:S0 DB-0310 C A0B0C0 520R Black OP MAT

15:15:C0:S1 DB-1458 E A-B-C- 342F Cornsilk Dk OPAL S/L GLZ

15:94:C0:S2 DB-1486 B A0B0C0 118F Taupe Gray TR GLZ LSTR

14:94:C1:S3 DB-0006 A A0B0C0 661F Gunmetal MET GM IRIS

15:15:C0:S0 DB-1408 B A0B0C0 116R Taupe Lt TR GLZ

15:15:C0:S0 DB-1417 B A0B0C0 116R Taupe Md TR GLZ

14:14:C0:S0 DB-0010 A A0B0C0 500F Black OP

15:15:C0:S0 DB-0383 E A0B-C0 128R Oyster TR MAT GLZ LSTR

15:15:C0:S0 DB-0384 E A0B-C0 128R Smoky Quartz TR MAT GLZ LSTR

15:15:C0:S1 DB-0679 F A0B0C0 416F Taupe Pale SILK GLZ

15:15:C0:S1 DB-1802 E A0B0C- 450F Golden Taupe SILK ID/LC

15:94:C2:S3 DB-1773 A A0B0C- 151F Sandy Taupe Dk TR ID/LC AB

15:15:C0:S1 DB-0822 F A0B0C0 416F Taupe Gray Pale SILK GLZ

15:94:C2:S3 DB-1771 A A0B0C- 151F Concrete TR ID/LC AB

15:94:C0:S3 DB-0671 E A-B-C- 444F Variegated Taupe SILK S/L DY

15:15:C0:S1 DB-0827 F A0B0C0 416F Taupe Gray Lt SILK GLZ

15:94:C0:S2 DB-1485 B A0B0C0 118F Taupe TR GLZ LSTR

15:94:C3:S0 DB-1056 G A0B0C0 625R Taupe Dk MET MAT GLST AB

15:15:C0:S0 DB-1409 B A0B0C0 116R Cornsilk Lt TR GLZ

15:15:C0:S0 DB-1416 B A0B0C0 116R Taupe TR GLZ

15:15:C0:S1 DB-1818 E A0B0C- 450F Cinder Ash SILK ID/LC

15:15:C0:S1 DB-0261 C A0B-C0 518F Linen OP GLZ LSTR

15:94:C3:S2 DB-0064 A A-B0CX 151F Sandy Taupe TR ID/LC AB

15:15:C0:S0 DB-1319 B A0B-CX 199R Cinder Ash TR DY

15:15:C0:S0 DB-0388 E A0B-C0 528R Bone OP MAT GLZ LSTR

15:94:C0:S3 F A-B-CDoeskin SILK S/L AB

DB-0680 441F

15:95:C4:S2 DB-0089 A A-B0CX 151F Flint Dk TR ID/LC AB

15:94:C0:S2 DB-1477 B A0B0C0 118F Taupe Lt TR GLZ LSTR

15:15:C0:S1 DB-1460 E A-B-C- 342F Taupe OPAL S/L GLZ

16:16:C0:S0 DB-1151 H A0B-CX 731R Silver Lt GALV SMT


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 5

16:16:C0:S0 DB-0335 G AXBXC 620R Silver Lt MET MAT

17:17:C0:S0 DB-1155 H A0B-CX 736R Muscat GALV SMT DY

18:94:C0:S4 DB-0035 F A-BXC 700F Silver GALV

16:16:C0:S0 DB-1158 H A0B-CX 736R Dusty Silver GALV SMT DY

17:17:C0:S0 DB-0331 X4 A0B-C0 885R Gold SP MAT GLD

18:94:C0:S4 DB-0436 G A0B-CX 799F Silver GALV DY

16:16:C0:S0 DB-1168 H A0B-CX 729R Dusty Silver GALV MAT DY

17:17:C0:S0 DB-1162 H A0B-CX 729R Champagne GALV MAT DY

18:97:C3:S4 DB-0513 X3 A0B-C0 810F Dscntd Silver Gold SP AB

16:16:C0:S0 DB-1159 H A0B-CX 736R Pewter GALV SMT DY

17:17:C0:S0 DB-1163 H A0B-CX 729R Mead GALV MAT DY

18:94:C1:S4 DB-0546 X3 A0B0C0 881F Silver Gold SP PLDM AB

16:16:C0:S0 DB-0336 X4 A0B-C0 887R Silver SP MAT TIN

17:17:C0:S0 DB-1165 H A0B-CX 729R Muscat GALV MAT DY

18:94:C2:S4 DB-0541 X3 A0B0C0 881F Spectrum Silver SP PLDM AB

16:97:C0:S0 DB-0332 X4 A0B-C0 889R Dscntd Silver SP MAT RHDM

17:17:C0:S0 DB-0334 X4 A0B-C0 885R Gold Md SP MAT GLD

18:94:C1:S4 DB-0545 X3 A0B0C0 881F Silver Gold Blue SP PLDM AB

16:16:C0:S0 DB-1169 H A0B-CX 729R Pewter GALV MAT DY

18:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CCrystal TR S/L

DB-0041 140F

18:94:C1:S4 DB-0544 X3 A0B0C0 881F Silver Blue Md SP PLDM AB

16:16:C0:S0 DB-1186 H A0B-CX 736R Oyster Gray GALV SMT DY

18:94:C0:S3 DB-0630 E A-B-CX 344F Ashes OPAL S/L DY

18:94:C2:S4 DB-0543 X3 A0B0C0 881F Silver Blue Dk SP PLDM AB

16:16:C0:S0 DB-0321 G A0B-C0 886R Silver Dk SP MAT NCKL

18:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CGray Mist TR S/L

DB-1211 140F

18:97:C0:S4 DB-0032 X3 A0B-C0 882F Dscntd Rhodium SP RHDM

17:17:C0:S0 DB-1152 H A0B-CX 736R Champagne GALV SMT DY

18:94:C0:S4 DB-0551 X1 A0B-C0 883F Bright Star SP STRL

18:94:C0:S4 DB-0038 X3 A0B-C0 880F Palladium SP PLDM

17:17:C0:S0 DB-1153 H A0B-CX 736R Mead GALV SMT DY

18:94:C0:S3 DB-0271 A A0B0C- 150F Silver Gray TR ID/LC

18:94:C0:S3 DB-0631 E A-B-CX 344F Rustic Gray OPAL S/L DY


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 6

18:94:C2:S4 DB-0542 X3 A0B0C0 881F Silver Dk SP PLDM AB

19:94:C0:S4 DB-0411 G A0B-CX 799F Aztec Gold Lt GALV DY

19:97:C4:S4 DB-0502 X3 A0B0C0 875F Dscntd Gold SP GLD AB

18:97:C1:S4 DB-0512 X3 A0B-C0 810F Dscntd Silver Blue SP AB

19:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CGold TR S/L

DB-0042 140F

19:94:C0:S4 DB-0034 X3 A0B-C0 874F Gold Dk SP GLD

18:94:C0:S3 DB-0697 E A-B-CX 138F Gunsmoke TR SMT S/L DY

19:94:C0:S4 DB-0433 G A0B-CX 799F Gold GALV DY

19:94:C1:S4 DB-0506 X3 A0B0C0 875F Red Gold SP GLD AB

18:94:C0:S4 DB-0021 F A0B-C0 877F Nickel SP NCKL

19:94:C0:S3 DB-0907 A A0B0C- 150F Gold TR ID/LC

19:94:C0:S3 DB-0022L F A0B-C0 665F Bronzed Gold MET BR

18:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CGray TR S/L

DB-0048 140F

19:94:C0:S4 DB-0033 X3 A0B0C- 170F Gold TR GLD/L

19:94:C0:S4 DB-0460 G A0B-CX 879F Rose Gold Dk SP NCKL DY

18:94:C0:S4 DB-0452 G A0B-CX 879F Gray Dk SP NCKL DY

19:94:C0:S4 DB-0434 G A0B-CX 799F Muscat GALV DY

19:94:C0:S3 DB-0022 F A0B-C0 665F Bronzed Gold Dk MET BR

18:97:C1:S4 DB-0509 X3 A0B-C0 810F Dscntd Silver Dk SP AB

19:94:C0:S4 DB-0410 G A0B-CX 799F Yellow Gold GALV DY

20:20:C0:S1 DB-0820 F A0B0C0 416F Pink Very Pale SILK GLZ

18:94:C0:S3 DB-0254 F A-B-C- 514F Tarnished Silver OP GLST

19:94:C0:S4 DB-0031 X3 A0B-C0 874F Aztec Gold Dk SP GLD

20:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CPink Mist TR S/L

19:94:C0:S3 DB-0621 E A-B-CX 344F Gold Pale OPAL S/L DY

19:94:C1:S4 DB-0505 X3 A0B0C0 875F Old Gold SP GLD AB

20:20:C0:S1 DB-0675 F A0B0C0 416F Pink Pale SILK GLZ

19:94:C0:S3 DB-0230 X3 A0B0C- 370F Sunshine OPAL GLD/L

19:94:C3:S4 DB-0501 X3 A0B0C0 875F Midas Gold SP GLD AB

20:94:C3:S2 DB-0082 A A-B0CX 151F Pink Pale TR ID/LC AB

19:94:C0:S3 DB-0686 E A-B-CX 138F Gold TR SMT S/L DY

19:95:C4:S4 DB-0507 X2 A0B0C0 875F Pink Gold SP GLD AB

20:94:C2:S2 DB-1243 A A0B0C0 110F Pink Mist TR AB

DB-1203 140F


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 7

20:94:C0:S2 DB-1223 A A0B0C0 112F Pink Mist TR LSTR

20:94:C0:S3 DB-0624 E A-B-CX 344F Pink Lt OPAL S/L DY

20:94:C0:S2 DB-0246 A A-B0CX 250F Cotton Candy Dk CYLN ID/LC

20:20:C0:S0 DB-1103 A A0B0C0 100R Pink Mist TR

20:20:C0:S1 DB-1673 A A0B0C- 146F Pink Lt TR ID/LC PRL

20:20:C0:S0 DB-1371 B A0B-CX 599F Carnation Pink OP DY

20:20:C0:S1 DB-1674 A A0B0C- 146F Pink Mist TR ID/LC PRL

20:94:C0:S4 DB-0417 G A0B-CX 799F Dawn Pink GALV DY

21:21:C0:S1 DB-0825 F A0B0C0 416F Salmon SILK GLZ

20:20:C1:S0 DB-0868 B A0B0C0 121R Pink Mist TR MAT AB

20:94:C0:S4 DB-0418 G A0B-CX 799F Muted Pink GALV DY

21:21:C0:S0 DB-1513 E A0B0C0 526R Salmon Lt OP MAT GLZ

20:20:C0:S0 DB-1263 B A0B0C0 120R Pink Mist TR MAT

20:94:C3:S2 DB-0071 A A-B0CX 151F Pink TR ID/LC AB

21:21:C1:S0 DB-1523 E A0B0C0 527R Salmon Lt OP MAT GLZ AB

20:94:C0:S2 DB-0234 A A-B0CX 250F Baby Pink CYLN ID/LC

20:94:C3:S2 DB-0055 A A-B0CX 151F Pastel Pink TR ID/LC AB

21:21:C0:S0 DB-1493 B A0B0C0 516F Salmon Lt OP GLZ

20:20:C0:S0 DB-1495 B A0B0C0 516F Pink Champagne OP GLZ

20:94:C0:S2 DB-0244 A A-B0CX 250F Pink CYLN ID/LC

21:94:C2:S2 DB-1503 B A0B0C0 517F Salmon Lt OP GLZ AB

20:20:C0:S0 DB-1515 E A0B0C0 526R Pink Champagne OP MAT GLZ

20:94:C0:S3 DB-0625 E A-B-CX 344F Pink Lace OPAL S/L DY

21:21:C0:S1 DB-1533 B A0B0C0 518F Salmon Lt OP GLZ LSTR

20:20:C1:S0 DB-1525 E A0B0C0 527R Pink Champagne OP MAT GLZ AB

20:94:C0:S2 DB-0245 A A-B0CX 250F Cotton Candy CYLN ID/LC

21:21:C0:S1 DB-0206 A A0B-C0 518F Salmon OP GLZ LSTR

20:94:C2:S2 DB-1505 B A0B0C0 517F Pink Champagne OP GLZ AB

20:94:C0:S4 DB-0435 G A0B-CX 799F Sweet Pink GALV DY

21:21:C0:S1 DB-0207 C A0B0C0 514F Tea Rose OP GLST

20:20:C0:S1 DB-1535 B A0B0C0 518F Pink Champagne OP GLZ LSTR

20:94:C0:S4 DB-1335 E A-B-CX 144F Pink TR S/L DY

21:94:C0:S2 DB-0070 A A-B0CX 152F Coral Lt TR ID/LC LSTR


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 8

21:94:C0:S2 DB-0106 C A0B0C0 118F Shell Pink TR GLZ LSTR

21:94:C0:S3 DB-0684 E A-B-CX 138F Watermelon TR SMT S/L DY

22:94:C0:S3 DB-0914 A A0B0C- 150F Rose TR ID/LC

21:21:C0:S0 DB-1156 H A0B-CX 736R Pink Blush GALV SMT DY

21:21:C0:S1 DB-1805 E A0B0C- 450F Claret SILK ID/LC

22:94:C0:S4 DB-1338 E A0B-CX 144F Rose TR S/L DY

21:21:C0:S0 DB-1157 H A0B-CX 736R Berry GALV SMT DY

21:21:C0:S0 DB-0773 C A-B-CX 129R Berry TR MAT DY

22:94:C0:S4 DB-0428 G A-B-CX 799F Chestnut Rose GALV DY

21:21:C0:S0 DB-1166 H A0B-CX 729R Pink Blush GALV MAT DY

21:94:C0:S3 DB-0685 E A-B-CX 138F Indian Red Dk TR SMT S/L DY

22:22:C0:S0 DB-1376 B A-B-CX 599F Antique Rose OP DY

21:94:C0:S2 DB-0236 A A0B0C- 250F Coral Lt CYLN ID/LC

21:94:C3:S2 DB-0088 A A-B0CX 151F Berry TR ID/LC AB

22:22:C0:S0 DB-0778 C A-B-CX 129R Rose TR MAT DY

21:94:C0:S4 DB-0420 G A0B-CX 799F Coral GALV DY

22:94:C0:S3 DB-0902 A A0B0C- 150F Peony Pink TR ID/LC

22:94:C2:S0 DB-0856 B A0B0C0 121R Old Rose TR MAT AB

21:94:C0:S4 DB-0423 G A0B-CX 799F Berry GALV DY

22:22:C0:S0 DB-1308 B A0B-CX 199R Bubble Gum TR DY

22:94:C0:S2 DB-0062 A A-B0CX 152F Cardinal TR ID/LC LSTR

21:21:C0:S0 DB-0779 C A0B-CX 129R Flamingo TR MAT DY

22:22:C0:S1 DB-1807 E A0B0C- 450F Bubble Gum SILK ID/LC

22:94:C0:S4 DB-1341 E A-B-CX 144F Antique Rose Dk TR S/L DY

21:94:C0:S3 DB-0913 A A0B0C- 150F Salmon TR ID/LC

22:22:C0:S0 DB-0800 C A-B-CX 529R Antique Rose OP MAT DY

22:94:C0:S4 DB-1342 E A-B-CX 144F Old Rose Dk TR S/L DY

21:94:C3:S2 DB-0075 A A0B0C- 151F Coral Dk TR ID/LC AB

22:22:C1:S1 DB-1742 A A0B0C- 351F Rose Lt OPAL ID/LC AB

22:94:C3:S0 DB-0874 D A0B0C0 521R Cardinal OP MAT AB

21:21:C1:S1 DB-1746 A A0B0C- 351F Claret OPAL ID/LC AB

22:22:C0:S0 DB-0780 C A0B-CX 129R Bubble Gum TR MAT DY

22:22:C1:S0 DB-0362 C A0B0C0 522R Rose Dk OP MAT LSTR


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 9

22:22:C0:S0 DB-0775 C A-B-CX 129R Scarlet TR MAT DY

23:94:C0:S3 DB-0683 E A-B-CX 138F Ruby Red TR SMT S/L DY

24:94:C0:S2 DB-0061 A A-B0CX 152F Firebrick TR ID/LC LSTR

23:94:C3:S0 DB-0873 D A0B0C0 521R Red Lt OP MAT AB

23:94:C0:S4 E A-B-CRuby Red TR S/L DY

DB-0602 144F

24:94:C0:S2 DB-0280 A A0B0C- 152F Carmine TR ID/LC LSTR

23:94:C2:S2 DB-0159 C A0B0C0 510F Red Lt OP AB

23:23:C0:S0 DB-0774 C A-B-CX 129R Siam Red TR MAT DY

24:94:C2:S0 DB-0867 B A0B0C0 121R Old Bricks TR MAT AB

23:23:C0:S0 DB-0791 C A-B-CX 529R Red Lt OP MAT DY

23:94:C1:S2 DB-1781 A A0B0C- 156F Rusty Red TR WID/L AB

24:24:C0:S0 DB-1312 B A-B-CX 199R Wine TR DY

23:94:C2:S2 DB-0162 C A0B0C0 510F Crimson OP AB

23:94:C2:S2 DB-0172 A A0B0C0 110F Siam Red TR AB

24:94:C2:S2 DB-0296 C A-B0CX 151F Cranberry TR ID/LC AB

23:23:C0:S1 DB-0214 C A0B0C0 518F Red OP GLZ LSTR

23:23:C0:S0 DB-0753 B A0B0C0 520R Fiesta Red OP MAT

24:24:C0:S0 DB-1102 A A0B0C0 100R Old Bricks TR

23:23:C0:S0 DB-0723 A A0B0C0 500F Red OP

23:23:C0:S0 DB-0378 G A0B-C- 528R Mexican Red OP MAT GLZ LSTR

24:24:C0:S0 DB-1262 B A0B0C0 120R Old Bricks TR MAT

23:94:C2:S2 DB-0295 C A0B0C- 151F Red TR ID/LC AB

23:23:C0:S0 DB-0654 B A-B-CX 599F Strawberry Jam OP DY

24:94:C2:S2 DB-1242 A A0B0C0 110F Old Bricks TR AB

23:23:C0:S0 DB-0704 A A0B0C0 100R Siam Red TR

24:94:C0:S2 DB-0283 A A-B0CX 152F Cranberry TR ID/LC LSTR

24:94:C0:S2 DB-1222 A A0B0C0 112F Old Bricks TR LSTR

23:23:C0:S0 DB-0796 C A-B-CX 529R Red Boots OP MAT DY

24:94:C0:S3 DB-0924 A A0B0C- 150F Cranberry TR ID/LC

24:94:C2:S3 DB-1748 A A-B0CX 151F Old Bricks TR ID/LC AB

23:94:C0:S2 DB-1564 C A0B0C0 512F Cadillac Red OP LSTR

24:94:C0:S2 DB-0282 A A-B0CX 152F Pomegranate TR ID/LC LSTR

24:94:C0:S4 C A-B-COld Bricks TR S/L

DB-1202 140F


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 10

24:94:C2:S3 DB-1751 A A-B0CX 151F Currant TR ID/LC AB

25:25:C0:S0 DB-1167 H A0B-CX 729R Plum Pink GALV MAT DY

25:94:C0:S3 DB-0012 F A0B-C0 600F Black Rose MET

24:94:C2:S3 DB-0103 C A0B0C0 115F Mocha TR GLST AB

25:94:C0:S3 DB-1016 F A0B0C0 614F Rhubarb Lt MET GLST

25:94:C2:S2 DB-0297 A A-B0CX 151F Plum Dk TR ID/LC AB

24:24:C0:S1 DB-1705 C A0B0C- 146F Ruby Wine TR ID/LC PRL

25:94:C3:S3 DB-1015 F A0B0C0 615F Rhubarb MET GLST AB

25:94:C3:S3 DB-1004 F A0B0C0 615F Plum Dk MET GLST AB

24:94:C2:S3 DB-0126 F A0B0C0 115F Cherrywood TR GLST AB

25:94:C2:S3 DB-1757 A A0B0C- 151F Plum Lt TR ID/LC AB

30:30:C0:S0 DB-0354 D A0B0C0 524R Blush Pale OP MAT GLST

24:94:C0:S3 DB-0116 C A0B-C0 114F Wine TR GLST

25:94:C2:S3 DB-1758 A A0B0C- 151F Mulberry TR ID/LC AB

30:30:C0:S1 DB-0833 F A0B0C0 416F Red Violet Pale SILK GLZ

24:94:C0:S3 DB-0105 C A0B0C0 114F Garnet TR GLST

25:95:C4:S0 DB-0884 B A0B0C0 521R Grayish Maroon OP MAT AB

30:30:C0:S1 DB-0678 F A0B0C0 416F Red Violet Lt SILK GLZ

24:24:C0:S0 DB-1584 B A0B0C0 520R Currant OP MAT

25:25:C0:S0 DB-0784 C A-B-CX 129R Mulberry TR MAT DY

30:94:C0:S4 E A-B-CWisp Pink TR S/L GLZ

DB-1433 142F

24:24:C0:S0 DB-1134 A A0B0C0 500F Currant OP

25:94:C1:S2 DB-0104 C A0B0C0 115F Mulberry TR GLST AB

30:94:C0:S4 E A-B-CRed Violet Lt TR S/L GLZ

DB-1434 142F

24:94:C2:S2 DB-1574 C A0B0C0 510F Currant OP AB

25:94:C2:S4 DB-1694 E A0B0C- 143F Maroon TR S/L GLZ AB

30:30:C1:S0 DB-1524 E A0B0C0 527R Bridal Blush OP MAT GLZ AB

24:94:C0:S2 DB-1565 C A0B0C0 512F Currant OP LSTR

25:94:C0:S2 DB-0279 A A-B0CX 152F Maroon TR ID/LC LSTR

30:30:C0:S0 DB-1514 E A0B0C0 526R Bridal Blush OP MAT GLZ

24:94:C0:S4 DB-1685 E A0B0C- 142F Burgundy Dk TR S/L GLZ

25:95:C4:S2 DB-0276 A A-B0CX 151F Merlot TR ID/LC AB

30:30:C0:S0 DB-1494 B A0B0C0 516F Bridal Blush OP GLZ


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 11

30:30:C0:S1 DB-1534 B A0B0C0 518F Bridal Blush OP GLZ LSTR

30:30:C0:S1 DB-1806 E A0B0C- 450F Dusty Orchid SILK ID/LC

30:94:C2:S3 DB-1755 A A-B0CX 151F Red Violet Dk TR ID/LC AB

30:94:C2:S2 DB-1504 B A0B0C0 517F Bridal Blush OP GLZ AB

30:30:C0:S0 DB-1184 H A0B-CX 736R Red Violet GALV SMT DY

30:94:C0:S4 E A-B-CGrape Dk TR S/L DY

30:30:C0:S1 DB-1457 E A-B-C- 342F Wisp Pink OPAL S/L GLZ

30:94:C0:S2 DB-0253 F A0B-C0 514F Red Violet OP GLST

31:94:C0:S2 DB-0247 A A-B0CX 250F Hot Pink CYLN ID/LC

30:94:C0:S2 DB-0248 A A-B0CX 250F Cherub CYLN ID/LC

30:94:C0:S2 DB-1482 B A0B0C0 118F Red Violet TR GLZ LSTR

31:31:C0:S0 DB-1173 H A0B-CX 729R Fuchsia Pink GALV MAT DY

30:30:C0:S0 DB-1402 B A0B0C0 116R Wisp Pink TR GLZ

30:30:C0:S0 DB-1413 B A0B0C0 116R Red Violet TR GLZ

31:31:C1:S1 DB-1744 A A-B0CX 351F Fuchsia OPAL ID/LC AB

30:94:C0:S2 DB-1472 B A0B0C0 118F Wisp Pink TR GLZ LSTR

30:94:C0:S4 DB-1343 E A0B-CX 144F Red Violet Dk TR S/L DY

31:94:C3:S2 DB-0073 A A-B0CX 151F Cerice TR ID/LC AB

30:94:C0:S2 DB-1473 B A0B0C0 118F Red Violet Lt TR GLZ LSTR

30:30:C0:S0 DB-1185 H A0B-CX 736R Orchid Dk GALV SMT DY

31:94:C3:S2 DB-0074 A A-B0CX 151F Fuchsia Md TR ID/LC AB

30:30:C0:S0 DB-1403 B A0B0C0 116R Red Violet Lt TR GLZ

30:30:C0:S0 DB-1379 B A-B-CX 599F Deep Orchid OP DY

31:94:C0:S4 G A-B-CHot Pink GALV DY

30:30:C0:S0 DB-0355 D A0B-C- 528R Dusty Orchid OP MAT GLZ LSTR

30:94:C0:S4 DB-0431 G A-B-CX 799F Red Violet Dk GALV DY

31:94:C0:S4 DB-0422 G A-B-C- 799F Bright Fuchsia GALV DY

30:30:C0:S1 DB-0210 C A0B-C0 518F Dusty Orchid OP GLZ LSTR

30:94:C0:S4 DB-1345 E A-B-CX 144F Bright Red Violet TR S/L DY

31:94:C2:S3 DB-1743 A A-B0CX 151F Magenta TR ID/LC AB

30:94:C0:S2 DB-0072 A A-B0CX 152F Red Violet TR ID/LC LSTR

30:30:C0:S0 DB-1315 B A-B-CX 199R Red Violet Dk TR DY

31:31:C0:S0 B A-B-CMagenta TR DY

DB-0611 144F

DB-0425 799F

DB-1310 199R


Swatch Tags - November 2009 31:94:C0:S4 E A-B-CMagenta TR S/L DY

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 12

DB-1340 144F

32:94:C2:S2 DB-0158 A A0B0C0 510F Thistle Lt OP AB

32:94:C0:S3 DB-0912 A A0B0C- 150F Chestnut Dk TR ID/LC

31:31:C0:S1 DB-1808 E A0B0C- 450F Fuchsia Md SILK ID/LC

32:32:C0:S0 DB-0379 G AXBXC 524R Sandrift OP MAT GLST

32:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CMauve Lt TR S/L

31:94:C3:S2 DB-0056 A A-B0CX 151F Raspberry TR ID/LC AB

32:32:C1:S0 DB-0857 B A0B0C0 121R Smoky Thistle TR MAT AB

32:94:C0:S4 DB-0454 G A0B-CX 879F Copper Rose Md SP NCKL DY

31:94:C0:S2 DB-0281 A A-B0CX 152F Fuchsia Dk TR ID/LC LSTR

32:32:C0:S0 DB-0765 B A0B0C0 120R Brandy Rose TR MAT

32:32:C0:S1 DB-0265 C A0B-C0 518F Thistle OP GLZ LSTR

31:94:C2:S3 DB-1747 A A-B0CX 151F Magenta Md TR ID/LC AB

32:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CBrandy Rose TR S/L

DB-0146 140F

32:94:C3:S0 DB-1066 G A0B0C0 625R Heather MET MAT GLST AB

31:94:C0:S4 DB-0463 G A-B-CX 879F Magenta Dk SP NCKL DY

32:94:C2:S3 DB-1745 A A0B0C- 151F Ash Rose Dk TR ID/LC AB

32:94:C3:S0 DB-1064 G A0B0C0 625R Rosy Brown MET MAT GLST AB

32:32:C1:S1 DB-1752 A A0B0C- 351F Ash Rose OPAL ID/LC AB

32:94:C2:S2 DB-0173 A A0B0C0 110F Brandy Rose TR AB

32:94:C3:S0 DB-1065 G A0B0C0 625R Wisteria MET MAT GLST AB

32:94:C1:S2 DB-1791 A A0B0C- 156F Chestnut Lt TR WID/L AB

32:32:C0:S0 DB-0711 A A0B0C0 100R Brandy Rose TR

32:94:C3:S0 DB-1067 G A0B0C0 625R Thatch MET MAT GLST AB

32:94:C2:S0 DB-0875 B A0B0C0 521R Thistle Lt OP MAT AB

32:95:C4:S0 DB-0869 B A0B0C0 121R Mauve Lt TR MAT AB

32:94:C2:S0 DB-1061 G A0B0C0 625R Dusty Clay MET MAT GLST AB

32:32:C0:S0 DB-0758 B A0B0C0 520R Thistle Lt OP MAT

32:94:C1:S2 DB-1792 A A0B0C- 156F Chestnut TR WID/L AB

32:94:C2:S0 DB-1062 G A0B0C0 625R Tumbleweed MET MAT GLST AB

32:32:C0:S0 DB-0728 A A0B0C0 500F Thistle Lt OP

32:94:C0:S3 DB-0108 C AXB-C- 114F Rosy Mauve TR GLST

32:32:C0:S0 DB-1264 B A0B0C0 120R Mauve TR MAT

DB-1204 140F


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 13

32:32:C0:S0 DB-0782 C A-B-CX 129R Mauve Taupe Dk TR MAT DY

32:32:C0:S0 DB-1104 A A0B0C0 100R Mauve TR

33:33:C0:S0 DB-0386 E A0B-C0 128R Amethyst Dk TR MAT GLZ LSTR

32:94:C3:S2 DB-0091 A A-B0CX 151F Chestnut Dk TR ID/LC AB

32:94:C0:S4 DB-0455 G A0B-CX 879F Mauve Dk SP NCKL DY

33:94:C0:S2 DB-1225 A A0B0C0 112F Amethyst Dk TR LSTR

32:94:C0:S2 DB-1224 A A0B0C0 112F Mauve TR LSTR

33:33:C0:S1 DB-0832 F A0B0C0 416F Amethyst Pale SILK GLZ

33:33:C0:S0 DB-1265 B A0B0C0 120R Amethyst Dk TR MAT

32:94:C3:S3 DB-1012 F A0B0C0 615F Copper Rose Dk MET GLST AB

33:94:C0:S4 E A-B-CAmethyst Lt TR S/L GLZ

DB-1435 142F

33:33:C0:S0 DB-1105 A A0B0C0 100R Amethyst Dk TR

32:95:C4:S3 DB-1014 F A0B0C0 615F Mauve Taupe Dk MET GLST AB

33:94:C0:S2 DB-0080 A A-B0CX 152F Amethyst Lt TR ID/LC LSTR

33:94:C2:S2 DB-1245 A A0B0C0 110F Amethyst Dk TR AB

32:32:C0:S0 DB-0662 B A-B-CX 599F Mauve Taupe Dk OP DY

33:94:C0:S2 DB-0241 A A-B0CX 250F Amethyst Lt CYLN ID/LC

33:97:C2:S4 DB-0510 X3 A0B-C0 810F Dscntd Amethyst SP AB

32:95:C4:S3 DB-1011 F A0B0C0 615F Dusty Mauve MET GLST AB

33:94:C0:S2 DB-1476 B A0B0C0 118F Amethyst Lt TR GLZ LSTR

34:94:C0:S3 DB-0629 E A-B-CX 344F Violet Pale OPAL S/L DY

32:95:C4:S3 DB-1013 F A0B0C0 615F Tea Berry MET GLST AB

33:33:C0:S0 DB-1407 B A0B0C0 116R Amethyst Lt TR GLZ

34:94:C0:S4 DB-0429 G A0B-CX 799F Violet Pale GALV DY

32:94:C0:S4 DB-0462 G A-B-CX 879F Mauve Taupe Dk SP NCKL DY

33:94:C1:S2 DB-1789 A A0B0C- 156F Amethyst TR WID/L AB

34:94:C0:S4 DB-0419 G A0B-CX 799F Dusty Violet GALV DY

32:94:C2:S2 DB-1244 A A0B0C0 110F Mauve TR AB

33:95:C4:S0 DB-0870 B A0B0C0 121R Amethyst TR MAT AB

34:94:C0:S2 DB-0249 A A-B0CX 250F Violet Lt CYLN ID/LC

32:94:C3:S3 DB-1010 F A0B0C0 615F Earth Batik MET GLST AB

33:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CAmethyst Dk TR S/L

34:34:C1:S1 DB-1753 A A0B0C- 351F Violet Lt OPAL ID/LC AB

DB-1205 140F


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 14

34:34:C0:S1 DB-1809 E A0B0C- 450F Violet SILK ID/LC

34:94:C0:S4 DB-1347 E A0B-CX 144F Bright Purple TR S/L DY

35:35:C0:S0 DB-0661 B A-B-CX 599F Blue Violet Odd OP DY

34:94:C0:S3 DB-0922 A A0B0C- 150F Violet TR ID/LC

34:94:C3:S2 DB-0059 A A-B0CX 151F Violet Dk TR ID/LC AB

35:94:C3:S2 DB-0063 A A-B0CX 151F Concord Grape TR ID/LC AB

34:94:C2:S3 DB-1754 A A0B0C- 151F Purple Pale TR ID/LC AB

34:94:C0:S3 DB-0923 A A0B0C- 150F Purple Dk TR ID/LC

35:94:C0:S3 DB-0284 A A0B0C- 150F Blue Violet TR ID/LC

34:94:C0:S4 DB-0430 G A0B-CX 799F Bright Violet GALV DY

34:94:C2:S3 DB-1756 A A0B0C- 151F Purple Dk TR ID/LC AB

35:94:C0:S3 DB-0117 C A0B-C0 114F Lavender Dk TR GLST

34:94:C0:S3 DB-0695 E A-B-CX 138F Violet Md TR SMT S/L DY

34:94:C2:S3 DB-0135 F A0B0C0 515F Midnight Purple OP GLST AB

35:35:C0:S0 DB-0785 C A0B-CX 129R Blue Violet Md TR MAT DY

34:34:C0:S0 DB-0660 B A0B-CX 599F Purple Lt OP DY

34:94:C0:S4 DB-0464 G A0B-CX 879F Eggplant SP NCKL DY

35:94:C0:S4 DB-0610 E A-B-C- 144F Wild Blue Violet TR S/L DY

34:34:C0:S0 DB-0799 C A-B-CX 529R Purple OP MAT DY

34:95:C4:S3 DB-0004 A A0B0C0 611F Eggplant MET IRIS

35:95:C4:S3 DB-0128 F A0B0C0 115F Blue Violet Dk TR GLST AB

34:34:C0:S0 DB-1174 H A0B-CX 729R Purple Muted GALV MAT DY

35:35:C0:S0 DB-0356 D AXBXC 524R Lavender Lt OP MAT GLST

35:94:C2:S0 DB-1054 G A0B0C0 625R Blue Violet Dk MET MAT GLST AB

34:94:C0:S3 DB-0906 A A0B0C- 150F Purple Md TR ID/LC

35:94:C0:S2 DB-0240 A A-B0CX 250F Blue Violet Lt CYLN ID/LC

35:94:C0:S4 DB-0609 E A-B-CX 144F Blue Violet Dk TR S/L DY

34:34:C0:S0 DB-0783 C A-B-CX 129R Purple Md TR MAT DY

35:94:C0:S2 DB-0250 A A0B0C- 250F Blue Violet CYLN ID/LC

40:40:C0:S1 DB-1452 E A-B-C- 342F Peach Pale OPAL S/L GLZ

34:34:C0:S1 DB-1810 E A0B0C- 450F Purple SILK ID/LC

35:94:C0:S3 DB-0694 E A-B-CX 138F Blue Violet TR SMT S/L DY

40:40:C0:S0 DB-1512 E A0B0C0 526R Peach Lt OP MAT GLZ


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 15

40:40:C1:S0 DB-1522 E A0B0C0 527R Peach Lt OP MAT GLZ AB

40:40:C0:S0 DB-1363 B A0B-CX 599F Peach OP DY

41:41:C0:S0 DB-1133 A A0B0C0 500F Mandarin OP

40:40:C0:S0 DB-1492 B A0B0C0 516F Peach Lt OP GLZ

40:94:C0:S2 DB-0235 A A0B0C- 250F Apricot CYLN ID/LC

41:94:C0:S2 DB-1563 C A0B0C0 512F Mandarin OP LSTR

40:40:C0:S1 DB-1532 B A0B0C0 518F Peach Lt OP GLZ LSTR

40:40:C0:S0 DB-1412 B A0B0C0 116R Apricot TR GLZ

41:94:C2:S2 DB-1573 C A0B0C0 510F Mandarin OP AB

40:94:C2:S2 DB-1502 B A0B0C0 517F Peach Lt OP GLZ AB

40:94:C0:S2 DB-1481 B A0B0C0 118F Apricot TR GLZ LSTR

41:94:C1:S2 DB-1777 A A0B0C- 156F Mandarin TR WID/L AB

40:40:C0:S1 DB-0824 F A0B0C0 416F Peach Lt SILK GLZ

40:40:C0:S1 DB-1804 E A0B0C- 450F Muskmelon SILK ID/LC

41:94:C0:S4 C A-B-COrange TR S/L

40:40:C0:S0 DB-1410 B A0B0C0 116R Peach Lt TR GLZ

40:40:C1:S1 DB-1733 A A0B0C- 351F Peach Md OPAL ID/LC AB

41:41:C1:S0 DB-0855 B A0B0C0 121R Orange TR MAT AB

40:94:C0:S2 DB-1479 B A0B0C0 118F Peach Lt TR GLZ LSTR

40:94:C3:S2 DB-0054 A A-B0CX 151F Peach Dk TR ID/LC AB

41:41:C0:S0 DB-1302 B A0B-CX 199R Orange Dried TR DY

40:40:C0:S1 DB-0826 F A0B0C0 416F Sandstone SILK GLZ

41:94:C0:S2 DB-0067 A A0B0C- 152F Orange Pale TR ID/LC LSTR

41:94:C2:S2 DB-0151 A A0B0C0 110F Orange TR AB

40:94:C0:S2 DB-1480 B A0B0C0 118F Peach TR GLZ LSTR

41:94:C0:S2 DB-0068 A A0B0C- 152F Orange Lt TR ID/LC LSTR

41:41:C0:S0 DB-0703 A A0B0C0 100R Orange TR

40:94:C0:S3 DB-0622 E A-B-CX 344F Peach OPAL S/L DY

41:41:C1:S0 DB-1593 D A0B0C0 521R Mandarin OP MAT AB

41:41:C0:S0 DB-0744 B A0B0C0 120R Orange TR MAT

40:40:C0:S0 DB-1411 B A0B0C0 116R Peach TR GLZ

41:41:C0:S0 DB-1583 B A0B0C0 520R Mandarin OP MAT

41:41:C0:S1 DB-1702 C A0B0C- 146F Mango Tango TR ID/LC PRL

DB-0045 140F


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 16

41:94:C0:S3 DB-0681 E A-B-CX 138F Mango Tango TR SMT S/L DY

42:42:C0:S0 DB-0727 A A0B0C0 500F Siam Lt OP

43:43:C1:S0 DB-0852 B A0B0C0 121R Amber Lt TR MAT AB

41:94:C0:S4 DB-1333 D A-B-CX 144F Mango Tango TR S/L DY

42:42:C0:S0 DB-0757 B A0B0C0 520R Siam Lt OP MAT

43:43:C0:S0 DB-0702 A A0B0C0 100R Amber Lt TR

41:94:C0:S4 DB-0421 G A-B-CX 799F Tangerine GALV DY

42:94:C0:S3 DB-0682 E A-B-CX 138F Persimmon Dk TR SMT S/L DY

43:43:C0:S0 DB-0742 B A0B0C0 120R Amber Lt TR MAT

41:41:C0:S0 DB-0653 B A-B-CX 599F Pumpkin OP DY

42:94:C0:S4 DB-0601 E A-B-CX 144F Burnt Orange Lt TR S/L DY

43:94:C1:S2 DB-1778 A A0B0C- 156F Amber Gold TR WID/L AB

41:41:C0:S0 DB-0777 C A-B-CX 129R Orange Dk TR MAT DY

42:42:C0:S0 DB-0745 B A0B0C0 120R Siam TR MAT

43:94:C2:S2 DB-0272 A A-B0CX 151F Amber Gold TR ID/LC AB

42:94:C3:S0 DB-0872 D A0B0C0 521R Persimmon OP MAT AB

42:94:C0:S2 DB-0098 A A0B0C0 112F Siam Dk TR LSTR

43:94:C2:S3 DB-1734 A A0B0C- 151F Amber Red TR ID/LC AB

42:42:C0:S0 DB-0722 A A0B0C0 500F Persimmon OP

42:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CBurnt Orange TR S/L

DB-0043 140F

43:94:C0:S3 DB-0119 C A-B-C0 114F Honey TR GLST

42:42:C0:S0 DB-0752 B A0B0C0 520R Persimmon OP MAT

42:94:C0:S4 DB-0603 E A-B-CX 144F Burnt Orange Dk TR S/L DY

43:94:C0:S3 DB-0118 C A-B-C0 114F Goldenrod TR GLST

42:94:C2:S2 DB-0161 C A0B0C0 510F Persimmon OP AB

43:43:C0:S0 DB-0651 B A0B-CX 599F Squash OP DY

43:94:C0:S3 DB-0901 A A0B0C- 150F Honey Beige TR ID/LC

42:94:C1:S2 DB-1780 A A0B0C- 156F Orange Red TR WID/L AB

43:94:C2:S2 DB-0100 A A0B0C0 110F Amber Lt TR AB

43:94:C0:S2 DB-0101 A A0B-C0 118F Amber TR GLZ LSTR

42:42:C0:S0 DB-0795 C A-B-CX 529R Orange Red Md OP MAT DY

43:94:C0:S2 DB-0099 A A0B0C0 112F Amber Lt TR LSTR

43:94:C1:S4 DB-1691 E A0B0C- 143F Amber TR S/L GLZ AB


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 17

43:94:C0:S4 DB-1681 E A0B0C- 142F Amber TR S/L GLZ

44:44:C0:S1 DB-1703 C A0B0C- 146F Paprika TR ID/LC PRL

44:94:C0:S3 DB-0115 C AXB-C- 114F Burnt Umber TR GLST

43:94:C3:S2 DB-0065 A A-B0CX 151F Amber Dk TR ID/LC AB

44:94:C2:S3 DB-1736 A A0B0C- 151F Paprika TR ID/LC AB

44:94:C0:S3 DB-0102 C AXB-C- 114F Ironstone TR GLST

44:44:C0:S0 DB-0781 C A0B-CX 129R Topaz Lt TR MAT DY

44:94:C1:S2 DB-1779 A A0B0C- 156F Topaz TR WID/L AB

44:94:C0:S4 DB-0612 E A0B-CX 144F Topaz Dk TR S/L DY

44:44:C0:S0 DB-0664 B A0BXC 599F Topaz Lt OP DY

44:94:C0:S3 DB-0915 A A0B0C- 150F Chili Spice TR ID/LC

44:94:C2:S3 DB-1750 A A0B0C- 151F Topaz Dk TR ID/LC AB

44:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CMarigold TR S/L

DB-1201 140F

44:94:C2:S3 DB-1735 A A0B0C- 151F Hot Spice TR ID/LC AB

44:44:C0:S0 DB-0709 A A0B0C0 100R Topaz Dk TR

44:44:C0:S0 DB-1261 B A0B0C0 120R Marigold TR MAT

44:44:C0:S0 DB-0764 B A0B0C0 120R Topaz TR MAT

45:94:C0:S3 DB-0191 G A-BXC- 371F Copper Lt OPAL COP/L

44:94:C2:S0 DB-0866 B A0B0C0 121R Marigold TR MAT AB

44:44:C0:S0 DB-0794 C A0B-CX 529R Sienna OP MAT DY

45:94:C0:S4 DB-0037 F A-BXC- 171F Copper Lt TR COP/L

44:94:C0:S2 DB-1221 A A0B0C0 112F Marigold TR LSTR

44:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CTopaz TR S/L

DB-0144 140F

45:45:C0:S1 DB-1704 C A0B0C- 146F Brite Copper TR ID/LC PRL

44:94:C0:S4 DB-0181 F A-BXC- 171F Topaz TR COP/L

44:94:C0:S4 DB-1682 E A0B0C- 142F Topaz TR S/L GLZ

45:45:C0:S0 DB-0340 G AXBXC 888R Copper Md SP MAT CPPR

44:44:C0:S0 DB-1101 A A0B0C0 100R Marigold TR

44:94:C2:S2 DB-0170 A A0B0C0 110F Nutmeg TR AB

45:45:C1:S0 DB-0853 B A0B0C0 121R Copper Md TR MAT AB

44:94:C2:S2 DB-1241 A A0B0C0 110F Marigold TR AB

44:94:C0:S3 DB-0121 C AXB-C- 114F Cinnamon TR GLST

45:94:C0:S3 DB-0040 F A-BXC 876F New Copper-will darken SP CPPR


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 18

45:94:C2:S4 DB-1692 E A0B0C- 143F Russet Copper TR S/L GLZ AB

46:46:C0:S1 DB-0821 F A0B0C0 416F Beige Lt SILK GLZ

46:94:C0:S2 DB-0256 A A0B0C- 250F Rosy Beige CYLN ID/LC

45:94:C0:S4 DB-0461 G A-B-CX 879F Tarnished Copper SP NCKL DY

46:46:C1:S0 DB-1591 B A0B0C0 521R Pear OP MAT AB

46:46:C0:S1 DB-1459 E A-B-C- 342F Rosy Beige OPAL S/L GLZ

45:94:C0:S4 DB-1683 E A0B0C- 142F Copper Red TR S/L GLZ

46:46:C0:S0 DB-1581 B A0B0C0 520R Pear OP MAT

46:94:C0:S2 DB-0069 A A-B0CX 152F Beige Dk TR ID/LC LSTR

45:94:C0:S3 DB-0120 C A0B0C0 114F Russet Copper TR GLST

46:46:C0:S0 DB-1131 A A0B0C0 500F Pear OP

47:47:C1:S1 DB-1731 A A0B0C- 351F Tan Lt OPAL ID/LC AB

45:94:C1:S3 DB-0122 C AXB-C- 115F Rust TR GLST AB

46:94:C2:S2 DB-1571 A A0B0C0 510F Pear OP AB

47:94:C1:S3 DB-0288 A A0B0C- 151F Bronze Lt TR ID/LC AB

45:94:C0:S3 DB-0129 F A0B0C0 114F Rust TR GLST

46:46:C0:S1 DB-0204 A A0B-C0 518F Beige OP GLZ LSTR

47:47:C1:S1 DB-1749 A A-B0CX 351F Tan Dk OPAL ID/LC AB

45:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CCopper Dk TR S/L

DB-0150 140F

46:94:C0:S2 DB-1561 A A0B0C0 512F Pear OP LSTR

47:94:C2:S3 DB-1737 A A-B0CX 151F Clay TR ID/LC AB

45:95:C4:S4 DB-0029 F A0B0C0 878F Copper Dk SP NCKL AB

46:46:C0:S1 DB-0205 A A0B-C0 518F Caramel Lt OP GLZ LSTR

47:94:C2:S3 DB-1732 A A-B0CX 151F Cocoa TR ID/LC AB

45:94:C0:S3 DB-1002 F A0B0C0 614F Copper Dk MET GLST

46:46:C0:S0 DB-0389 E A0B-C0 528R Caramel Lt OP MAT GLZ LSTR

47:94:C2:S3 DB-1738 A A-B0CX 151F Bronze TR ID/LC AB

45:95:C4:S3 DB-0023 F A0B0C0 666F Copper Dk MET BR AB

46:46:C0:S1 DB-0208 C A0B-C0 514F Beige OP GLST

47:47:C0:S1 DB-1706 C A0B0C- 146F Raw Sienna TR ID/LC PRL

46:46:C0:S1 DB-0674 F A-B-C0 418F Beige Lt SILK GLZ LSTR

46:46:C0:S1 DB-1803 E A0B0C- 450F Rosy Beige Lt SILK ID/LC

47:94:C1:S2 DB-1790 A A0B0C- 156F Sepia TR WID/L AB


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 19

47:94:C2:S2 DB-0287 A A-B0CX 151F Earth TR ID/LC AB

47:47:C0:S1 DB-1710 C A0B0C- 146F Raw Umber TR ID/LC PRL

50:50:C0:S1 DB-1676 A A0B0C- 146F Yellow Pale TR ID/LC PRL

47:47:C0:S0 DB-0772 C A-B-CX 129R Russet TR MAT DY

47:47:C0:S0 DB-0769 B A0B0C0 120R Brown TR MAT

50:50:C0:S0 DB-1491 B A0B0C0 516F Coconut Cream OP GLZ

47:94:C2:S3 DB-1759 A A0B0C- 151F Raw Sienna TR ID/LC AB

47:47:C1:S0 DB-0312 G A0B0C0 621R Brown MET MAT AB

50:50:C0:S0 DB-1511 E A0B0C0 526R Coconut Cream OP MAT GLZ

47:94:C2:S3 DB-1760 A A0B0C- 151F Milk Chocolate Dk TR ID/LC AB

47:94:C2:S2 DB-0180 A A0B0C0 110F Redwood TR AB

50:50:C1:S0 DB-1521 E A0B0C0 527R Coconut Cream OP MAT GLZ AB

47:94:C2:S0 DB-0865 B A0B0C0 121R Forest Brown TR MAT AB

47:47:C1:S0 DB-0323 G A0B0C0 621R Grayed Brown MET MAT AB

50:94:C2:S2 DB-1501 B A0B0C0 517F Coconut Cream OP GLZ AB

47:47:C0:S0 DB-0322 G A0B-C0 620R Antiqued Bronze MET MAT

47:47:C0:S0 DB-0715 A A0B0C0 100R Saddle Brown TR

50:50:C0:S1 DB-1531 B A0B0C0 518F Coconut Cream OP GLZ LSTR

47:95:C4:S0 DB-1055 G A0B0C0 625R Golden Brown MET MAT GLST AB

47:47:C0:S0 DB-0734 A A0B0C0 500F Mahogany Dk OP

50:94:C0:S2 DB-1471 B A0B0C0 118F Murky Yellow TR GLZ LSTR

47:94:C0:S4 DB-0184 F A-BXC- 171F Antique Brass TR COP/L

47:94:C0:S4 DB-1684 E A0B0C- 142F Baker's Chocolate TR S/L GLZ

50:94:C1:S2 DB-1776 A A0B0C- 156F Daisy TR WID/L AB

47:94:C2:S0 DB-1051 G A0B0C0 622R Golden Brown MET MAT LSTR

47:95:C4:S2 DB-0087 A A-B0CX 151F Mahogany Dk TR ID/LC AB

50:94:C0:S2 DB-0232 A A0B0C- 250F Lemonade CYLN ID/LC

47:94:C2:S3 DB-1740 A A0B0C- 151F Chocolate Brown TR ID/LC AB

47:94:C1:S3 DB-0007 A A0B0C0 611F Brown Dk MET IRIS

50:50:C0:S0 DB-1401 B A0B0C0 116R Murky Yellow TR GLZ

47:94:C2:S3 DB-1775 A A0B0C- 151F Bark TR ID/LC AB

50:50:C0:S1 DB-0823 F A0B0C0 416F Lemon Ice SILK GLZ

50:94:C0:S4 DB-1432 E A-B-C- 142F Murky Yellow TR S/L GLZ


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 20

50:50:C0:S1 DB-1801 E A0B0C- 450F Sunglow SILK ID/LC

50:50:C0:S0 DB-0721 A A0B0C0 500F Yellow OP

51:94:C2:S2 DB-0171 A A0B0C0 110F Peridot TR AB

50:94:C3:S2 DB-0053 A A0B0C- 151F Yellow Lt TR ID/LC AB

50:50:C1:S0 DB-1592 D A0B0C0 521R Lemon OP MAT AB

51:94:C0:S3 DB-0910 A A0B0C- 150F Green Yellow Lt TR ID/LC

50:94:C0:S2 DB-1478 B A0B0C0 118F Wheat TR GLZ LSTR

50:50:C0:S0 DB-1132 A A0B0C0 500F Lemon OP

51:94:C0:S3 DB-0903 A A0B0C- 150F Celery Lt TR ID/LC

50:94:C0:S2 DB-0233 A A0B0C- 250F Daffodil CYLN ID/LC

50:94:C2:S2 DB-1572 C A0B0C0 510F Lemon OP AB

51:94:C2:S3 DB-1766 A A0B0C- 151F Wasabi TR ID/LC AB

50:94:C0:S4 DB-0412 G A0B-CX 799F Beeswax GALV DY

50:50:C0:S0 DB-1582 B A0B0C0 520R Lemon OP MAT

51:94:C0:S3 DB-0687 E A-B-CX 138F Peridot Dk TR SMT S/L DY

50:50:C1:S0 DB-0854 B A0B0C0 121R Beeswax TR MAT AB

50:94:C0:S2 DB-1562 C A0B0C0 512F Lemon OP LSTR

51:51:C0:S0 DB-1154 H A0B-CX 736R Zest GALV SMT DY

50:50:C0:S0 DB-0743 B A0B0C0 120R Beeswax TR MAT

50:50:C0:S0 DB-0771 C A-B-CX 129R Dijon Mustard TR MAT DY

51:51:C0:S0 DB-1164 H A0B-CX 729R Zest GALV MAT DY

50:50:C0:S0 DB-0710 A A0B0C0 100R Lemon Oil TR

50:94:C0:S3 DB-0911 A A0B0C- 150F Deli Mustard TR ID/LC

51:94:C0:S3 DB-0908 A A0B0C- 150F Green Yellow TR ID/LC

50:50:C0:S0 DB-1301 B A0B-CX 199R Banana TR DY

51:94:C0:S3 DB-0623 E A-B-CX 344F Jonquil OPAL S/L DY

51:94:C0:S3 DB-0909 A A0B0C- 150F Yellow Pea TR ID/LC

50:94:C2:S2 DB-0160 C A0B0C0 510F Yellow OP AB

51:94:C0:S4 DB-0424 G A0B-CX 799F Peridot Lt GALV DY

51:94:C0:S3 DB-0124 F A-B-C0 114F Green Yellow Dk TR GLST

50:50:C0:S0 DB-0751 B A0B0C0 520R Yellow OP MAT

51:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CPeridot TR S/L

51:94:C0:S4 DB-0604 E A0B-CX 144F Curry Dk TR S/L DY

DB-0145 140F


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 21

52:52:C0:S0 DB-0390 E A0B-C0 528R Green Tea OP MAT GLZ LSTR

52:94:C0:S3 DB-0011 F A0B-C0 600F Black Olive MET

60:60:C1:S1 DB-1765 A A0B0C- 351F Moss Green Lt OPAL ID/LC AB

52:52:C1:S0 DB-0372 G A0B0C0 525R Green Tea OP MAT GLST AB

60:94:C3:S2 DB-0083 A A-B0CX 151F Mint Pale TR ID/LC AB

60:60:C0:S1 DB-0829 F A0B0C0 416F Moss Green Lt SILK GLZ

52:52:C0:S0 DB-0371 G A0B-C0 524R Golden Olive OP MAT GLST

60:60:C0:S0 DB-1516 E A0B0C0 526R Mint Lt OP MAT GLZ

60:60:C0:S1 DB-0828 F A0B0C0 416F Mint Green SILK GLZ

52:94:C2:S3 DB-1739 A A0B0C- 151F Pesto TR ID/LC AB

60:60:C1:S0 DB-1526 E A0B0C0 527R Mint Lt OP MAT GLZ AB

60:60:C0:S1 DB-1675 A A0B0C- 146F Moss Green Pale TR ID/LC PRL

52:95:C4:S4 DB-0508 X2 A0B0C0 875F Green Gold SP GLD AB

60:60:C0:S0 DB-1496 B A0B0C0 516F Mint Lt OP GLZ

60:60:C0:S1 DB-1454 E A-B-C- 342F Moss Green Lt OPAL S/L GLZ

52:94:C2:S3 DB-0133 F A0B0C0 515F Olive OP GLST AB

60:94:C2:S2 DB-1506 B A0B0C0 517F Mint Lt OP GLZ AB

60:60:C0:S1 DB-1707 C A0B0C- 146F Mint Md TR ID/LC PRL

52:94:C3:S0 DB-0380 G A0B0C0 525R Bronzed Olive OP MAT GLST AB

60:60:C0:S1 DB-1536 B A0B0C0 518F Mint Lt OP GLZ LSTR

60:94:C0:S2 DB-0237 A A-B0CX 250F Bright Mint CYLN ID/LC

52:94:C0:S3 DB-0123 C AXB-C- 114F Smoky Olive TR GLST

60:60:C0:S0 DB-1404 B A0B0C0 116R Green Mist Pale TR GLZ

60:94:C0:S4 DB-0413 G A0B-CX 799F Moss Green GALV DY

52:52:C0:S0 DB-0657 B A0B-CX 599F Olive Drab OP DY

60:94:C0:S2 DB-1474 B A0B0C0 118F Green Mist Pale TR GLZ LSTR

60:60:C0:S0 DB-1414 B A0B0C0 116R Mint TR GLZ

52:94:C0:S4 DB-0456 G A0B-CX 879F Olivetone SP NCKL DY

60:60:C0:S1 DB-1453 E A-B-C- 342F Green Mist Pale OPAL S/L GLZ

60:94:C0:S2 DB-1483 B A0B0C0 118F Mint TR GLZ LSTR

52:94:C2:S3 DB-1741 A A0B0C- 151F Pesto Dk TR ID/LC AB

60:94:C0:S4 DB-1431 E A-B-C- 142F Green Mist Pale TR S/L GLZ

60:94:C0:S4 DB-0426 G A0B-CX 799F Mint Green Dk GALV DY


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 22

60:60:C0:S0 DB-1182 H A0B-CX 736R Mint Dk GALV SMT DY

62:94:C2:S0 DB-0877 B A0B0C0 521R Green Lt OP MAT AB

62:62:C0:S0 DB-0655 B A0B-CX 599F Kelly Green OP DY

60:60:C0:S0 DB-1171 H A0B-CX 729R Mint Dk GALV MAT DY

62:62:C0:S0 DB-0754 B A0B0C0 520R Green Lt OP MAT

62:94:C0:S3 DB-0688 E A-B-CX 138F Green Dk TR SMT S/L DY

61:94:C2:S0 DB-1281 B A0B0C0 121R Lime TR MAT AB

62:62:C1:S0 DB-0858 B A0B0C0 121R Green Lt TR MAT AB

62:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CGreen Dk TR S/L

61:61:C0:S0 DB-1266 B A0B0C0 120R Lime TR MAT

62:62:C0:S0 DB-0724 A A0B0C0 500F Green Lt OP

62:62:C0:S1 DB-1814 E A0B0C- 450F Emerald SILK ID/LC

61:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CLime TR S/L

DB-1206 140F

62:94:C2:S2 DB-0163 A A0B0C0 510F Green Lt OP AB

62:94:C1:S2 DB-1788 A A0B0C- 156F Emerald TR WID/L AB

61:94:C0:S2 DB-1226 A A0B0C0 112F Lime TR LSTR

62:94:C0:S3 DB-0916 A A0B0C- 150F Tree Frog TR ID/LC

62:62:C0:S0 DB-0776 C A-B-CX 129R Emerald TR MAT DY

61:94:C2:S2 DB-1246 A A0B0C0 110F Lime TR AB

62:62:C0:S0 DB-0656 B A0B-CX 599F Green OP DY

62:62:C1:S0 DB-0859 B A0B0C0 121R Emerald TR MAT AB

61:61:C0:S0 DB-1106 A A0B0C0 100R Lime TR

62:62:C0:S0 DB-0746 B A0B0C0 120R Green TR MAT

62:62:C0:S0 DB-0767 B A0B0C0 120R Emerald TR MAT

61:94:C1:S2 DB-1786 A A0B0C- 156F Limeade TR WID/L AB

62:62:C0:S0 DB-0705 A A0B0C0 100R Green TR

62:62:C0:S0 DB-0713 A A0B0C0 100R Emerald TR

61:94:C0:S2 DB-0274 A A0B0C- 152F Pea Green TR ID/LC LSTR

62:94:C2:S2 DB-0152 A A0B0C0 110F Green Dk TR AB

62:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CEmerald TR S/L

62:94:C1:S2 DB-1787 A A0B0C- 156F Green Lt TR WID/L AB

62:94:C0:S3 DB-0917 A A0B0C- 150F Asparagus TR ID/LC

62:94:C0:S4 DB-0605 E A0B-CX 144F Emerald Dk TR S/L DY

DB-0046 140F

DB-0148 140F


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 23

62:94:C2:S2 DB-0175 A A0B0C0 110F Emerald Dk TR AB

63:63:C0:S0 DB-0733 A A0B0C0 500F Chartreuse OP

64:94:C2:S0 DB-1282 B A0B0C0 121R Rain Forest TR MAT AB

62:95:C4:S3 DB-1003 F A0B0C0 615F Midnight Green MET GLST AB

63:94:C2:S2 DB-0169 A A0B0C0 510F Chartreuse OP AB

64:94:C2:S0 DB-1594 B A0B0C0 521R Avocado OP MAT AB

62:95:C4:S3 DB-1001 F A0B0C0 615F Midnight Emerald MET GLST AB

63:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CBitter Lemon TR S/L

64:64:C0:S0 DB-1267 B A0B0C0 120R Rain Forest TR MAT

62:95:C4:S3 DB-0003 A A0B0C0 611F Midnight Green MET IRIS

64:64:C0:S1 DB-1815 E A0B0C- 450F Aloe Pale SILK ID/LC

64:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CRain Forest TR S/L

63:94:C2:S0 DB-0860 B A0B0C0 121R Bitter Lemon TR MAT AB

64:64:C0:S0 DB-1181 H A0B-CX 736R Aloe GALV SMT DY

64:64:C0:S0 DB-1585 B A0B0C0 520R Avocado OP MAT

63:63:C0:S1 DB-0262 C A0B-C0 518F Chartreuse OP GLZ LSTR

64:64:C0:S0 DB-1170 H A0B-CX 729R Aloe GALV MAT DY

64:94:C0:S2 DB-1227 A A0B0C0 112F Rain Forest TR LSTR

63:94:C2:S2 DB-0174 A A0B0C0 110F Bitter Lemon TR AB

64:94:C0:S2 DB-1484 B A0B0C0 118F Marsh Green TR GLZ LSTR

64:64:C0:S0 DB-1107 A A0B0C0 100R Rain Forest TR

63:63:C0:S0 DB-0712 A A0B0C0 100R Bitter Lemon TR

64:94:C3:S2 DB-0060 A A0B0C- 151F Spanish Moss TR ID/LC AB

64:94:C2:S2 DB-1247 A A0B0C0 110F Rain Forest TR AB

63:63:C0:S0 DB-0766 B A0B0C0 120R Bitter Lemon TR MAT

64:64:C0:S0 DB-1415 B A0B0C0 116R Marsh Green TR GLZ

64:64:C0:S0 DB-1135 A A0B0C0 500F Avocado OP

63:63:C0:S0 DB-0763 B A0B0C0 520R Chartreuse OP MAT

64:64:C0:S1 DB-0263 C A0B-C0 518F Cactus OP GLZ LSTR

64:64:C0:S1 DB-1712 C A0B0C- 146F Gray Green TR ID/LC PRL

63:63:C1:S0 DB-0876 B A0B0C0 521R Chartreuse OP MAT AB

64:64:C0:S0 DB-0391 E A0B-C0 528R Sycamore OP MAT GLZ LSTR

64:94:C0:S3 DB-0689 E A-B-CX 138F Gray Green TR SMT S/L DY

DB-0147 140F

DB-1207 140F


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 24

64:94:C2:S2 DB-1575 A A0B0C0 510F Avocado OP AB

64:95:C4:S3 DB-0024 F A0B0C0 610F Seaweed MET AB

70:94:C2:S0 DB-1595 B A0B0C0 521R Sea Opal OP MAT AB

64:94:C0:S2 DB-1566 A A0B0C0 512F Avocado OP LSTR

64:94:C2:S3 DB-0127 F A0B0C0 115F Forest Green TR GLST AB

70:70:C0:S0 DB-1586 B A0B0C0 520R Sea Opal OP MAT

64:64:C1:S0 DB-0373 G A0B0C0 525R Sage Green OP MAT GLST AB

64:64:C0:S0 DB-0327 G A0B0C0 620R Green Kelp MET MAT

70:70:C0:S0 DB-1136 A A0B0C0 500F Sea Opal OP

64:64:C0:S0 DB-0797 C A0B-CX 529R Green Grass OP MAT DY

64:94:C2:S3 DB-0125 F A0B0C0 115F Green Leaf TR GLST AB

70:94:C2:S2 DB-1576 A A0B0C0 510F Sea Opal OP AB

64:64:C0:S0 DB-0663 B A0B-CX 599F Jade Green OP DY

64:64:C0:S0 DB-0311 G A0B-C0 620R Camouflage MET MAT

70:94:C0:S2 DB-1567 A A0B0C0 512F Sea Opal OP LSTR

64:94:C0:S3 DB-0690 E A-B-CX 138F Clover TR SMT S/L DY

64:94:C0:S4 DB-0606 E A-B-CX 144F Midnight Forest TR S/L DY

70:94:C2:S0 DB-0878 B A0B0C0 521R Aqua OP MAT AB

64:94:C0:S4 DB-0182 F A-BXC- 171F Fern Dk TR COP/L

70:70:C0:S1 DB-0830 F A0B0C0 416F Aqua Pale SILK GLZ

70:70:C0:S0 DB-0375 G AXB-C- 528R Aqua OP MAT GLZ LSTR

64:94:C2:S3 DB-0131 F A0B0C0 515F Forest Green OP GLST AB

70:94:C0:S2 DB-0078 A A-B0CX 152F Aqua Mist TR ID/LC LSTR

70:70:C0:S1 DB-0217 C A0B-C0 518F Aqua OP GLZ LSTR

64:94:C2:S2 DB-0273 A A0B0C- 151F Mallard TR ID/LC AB

70:94:C0:S2 DB-0239 A A-B0CX 250F Aqua Mist CYLN ID/LC

70:94:C2:S2 DB-0166 A A0B0C0 510F Aqua OP AB

64:94:C0:S4 DB-0457 G A0B-CX 879F Steel Green SP NCKL DY

70:70:C0:S1 DB-1672 A A0B0C- 146F Aqua Lt TR ID/LC PRL

70:70:C0:S1 DB-1708 C A0B0C- 146F Aqua TR ID/LC PRL

64:64:C1:S0 DB-0324 G A0B0C0 621R Patina MET MAT AB

70:70:C0:S1 DB-1812 E A0B0C- 450F Aqua SILK ID/LC

70:70:C0:S0 DB-0793 C A0B-CX 529R Turquoise OP MAT DY


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 25

70:70:C0:S0 DB-0759 B A0B0C0 520R Aqua OP MAT

71:94:C2:S3 DB-1767 A A0B0C- 151F Aquamarine TR ID/LC AB

72:72:C0:S0 DB-0792 C A-B-CX 529R Sea Nymph Dk OP MAT DY

70:70:C0:S0 DB-0729 A A0B0C0 500F Aqua OP

71:94:C0:S3 DB-0904 A A0B0C- 150F Aquamarine TR ID/LC

72:72:C0:S0 DB-0387 E A0B-C0 128R Montana TR MAT GLZ LSTR

70:70:C0:S0 DB-0658 B A0B-CX 599F Turquoise OP DY

71:71:C0:S1 DB-1813 E A0B0C- 450F Cyan Green Dk SILK ID/LC

72:72:C0:S0 DB-0788 C A0B-CX 129R Faded Jade TR MAT DY

70:94:C1:S2 DB-1782 A A0B0C- 156F Turquoise TR WID/L AB

71:94:C0:S2 DB-0238 A A0B0C- 250F Ocean Green CYLN ID/LC

72:95:C4:S2 DB-0085 A A-B0CX 151F Bahama Blue TR ID/LC AB

70:94:C3:S2 DB-0079 A A0B0C- 151F Aqua Dk TR ID/LC AB

71:71:C0:S0 DB-0374 G A0B-C- 528R Sea Foam OP MAT GLZ LSTR

72:94:C0:S4 DB-0451 G A0B-CX 879F Steel Blue Dk SP NCKL DY

71:94:C0:S3 DB-0626 E A-B-CX 344F Aquamarine Lt OPAL S/L DY

71:94:C0:S2 DB-0112 C A0B-C0 118F Sea Foam TR GLZ LSTR

72:94:C0:S4 DB-0465 G A-B-CX 879F Mineral Green SP NCKL DY

71:94:C0:S3 DB-0627 E A-B-CX 344F Cyan Green Lt OPAL S/L DY

71:94:C3:S2 DB-0084 A A-B0CX 151F Sea Foam TR ID/LC AB

72:94:C0:S4 DB-0459 G A0B-CX 879F Faded Jade Dk SP NCKL DY

71:94:C0:S3 DB-0691 E A-B-CX 138F Sea Green TR SMT S/L DY

71:71:C0:S1 DB-0264 C A0B-C0 518F Green Jade OP GLZ LSTR

73:73:C0:S0 DB-0786 C A0B-CX 129R Caribbean Teal TR MAT DY

71:71:C0:S0 DB-0385 E A0B-C0 128R Sea Glass TR MAT GLZ LSTR

71:71:C1:S1 DB-1768 A A0B0C- 351F Eucalyptus OPAL ID/LC AB

73:94:C3:S0 DB-1283 B A0B0C0 121R Caribbean Teal TR MAT AB

71:94:C0:S4 DB-0414 G A0B-CX 799F Sea Foam GALV DY

72:72:C0:S0 DB-1183 H A0B-CX 736R Sea Nymph GALV SMT DY

73:94:C2:S2 DB-1248 A A0B0C0 110F Caribbean Teal TR AB

71:71:C0:S0 DB-1304 B A0B-CX 199R Cyan Green TR DY

72:72:C0:S0 DB-1172 H A0B-CX 729R Sea Nymph GALV MAT DY

73:94:C0:S2 DB-1228 A A0B0C0 112F Caribbean Teal TR LSTR


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 26

73:94:C0:S3 DB-0918 A A0B0C- 150F Caribbean Teal TR ID/LC

73:94:C2:S2 DB-0286 A A-B0CX 151F Midnight Teal TR ID/LC AB

80:94:C3:S2 DB-0057 A A-B0CX 151F Powder Blue TR ID/LC AB

73:73:C0:S0 DB-1268 B A0B0C0 120R Caribbean Teal TR MAT

73:94:C0:S4 DB-0458 G A0B-CX 879F Deep Cyprus SP NCKL DY

80:80:C0:S1 DB-0218 C A0B-C0 518F Robin's Egg OP GLZ LSTR

73:73:C0:S0 DB-1108 A A0B0C0 100R Caribbean Teal TR

73:94:C0:S3 DB-0027 F A0B0C0 612F Everglades MET LSTR

80:94:C0:S3 DB-0692 E A-B-CX 138F Blue Haze TR SMT S/L DY

73:94:C0:S4 DB-1208 C A-B-C- 140F Caribbean Teal TR S/L

73:94:C3:S3 DB-1006 F A0B0C0 615F Everglades MET GLST AB

80:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CBlue Haze TR S/L

73:94:C2:S3 DB-1764 A A0B0C- 151F Lagoon TR ID/LC AB

80:94:C0:S3 DB-0628 E A-B-CX 344F Blue Haze Lt OPAL S/L DY

80:94:C0:S4 DB-0415 G A0B-CX 799F Blue Surf GALV DY

73:94:C0:S4 DB-0607 E A0B-CX 144F Teal TR S/L DY

80:80:C1:S0 DB-0861 B A0B0C0 121R Blue Shadow Lt TR MAT AB

80:94:C0:S4 DB-0416 G A0B-CX 799F Blue Haze GALV DY

73:94:C2:S3 DB-1769 A A0B0C- 151F Teal TR ID/LC AB

80:94:C2:S0 DB-0879 B A0B0C0 521R Turquoise Blue OP MAT AB

80:94:C0:S4 DB-0432 G A-B-CX 799F Peacock Blue GALV DY

73:94:C0:S3 DB-0919 A A0B0C- 150F Teal TR ID/LC

80:80:C0:S0 DB-0755 B A0B0C0 520R Turquoise Blue OP MAT

80:94:C2:S2 DB-0176 A A0B0C0 110F Blue Haze TR AB

73:94:C0:S3 DB-0921 A A0B0C- 150F Cyprus TR ID/LC

80:80:C0:S0 DB-0725 A A0B0C0 500F Turquoise Blue OP

80:80:C0:S0 DB-0706 A A0B0C0 100R Blue Haze TR

73:73:C1:S0 DB-0325 G A0B0C0 621R Teal Dk MET MAT AB

80:80:C0:S1 DB-0215 A A0B0C0 518F Turquoise Blue OP GLZ LSTR

80:80:C0:S0 DB-0747 B A0B0C0 120R Blue Shadow TR MAT

73:94:C0:S2 DB-0275 A A-B0CX 152F Deep Teal TR ID/LC LSTR

80:94:C2:S2 DB-0164 A A0B0C0 510F Turquoise Blue OP AB

80:94:C0:S2 DB-0113 C A0B-C0 118F Blue Haze TR GLZ LSTR

DB-0044 140F


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 27

80:94:C1:S2 DB-1783 A A0B0C- 156F Curious Blue TR WID/L AB

81:81:C0:S0 DB-1318 B A0B-CX 199R Capri Blue TR DY

82:82:C1:S0 DB-1527 E A0B0C0 527R Sky Blue OP MAT GLZ AB

80:80:C0:S0 DB-0659 B A0B-CX 599F Shocking Blue OP DY

81:81:C0:S0 DB-0798 C A-B-CX 529R Capri Blue OP MAT DY

82:94:C2:S0 DB-1596 B A0B0C0 521R Agate Blue OP MAT AB

81:94:C3:S0 DB-1284 B A0B0C0 121R Ocean Blue TR MAT AB

81:81:C0:S0 DB-0768 B A0B0C0 120R Capri Blue TR MAT

82:82:C0:S0 DB-1587 B A0B0C0 520R Agate Blue OP MAT

81:81:C0:S0 DB-1269 B A0B0C0 120R Ocean Blue TR MAT

81:81:C0:S0 DB-0714 A A0B0C0 100R Capri Blue TR

82:82:C0:S0 DB-1137 A A0B0C0 500F Agate Blue OP

81:94:C2:S2 DB-1249 A A0B0C0 110F Ocean Blue TR AB

81:94:C2:S2 DB-0177 A A0B0C0 110F Capri Blue TR AB

82:94:C0:S2 DB-1568 A A0B0C0 512F Agate Blue OP LSTR

81:81:C0:S0 DB-1109 A A0B0C0 100R Ocean Blue TR

81:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CCapri Blue TR S/L

DB-0149 140F

82:94:C2:S2 DB-1577 A A0B0C0 510F Agate Blue OP AB

81:94:C0:S2 DB-1229 A A0B0C0 112F Ocean Blue TR LSTR

81:94:C0:S4 DB-0608 E A0B-CX 144F Blue Zircon TR S/L DY

82:94:C0:S2 DB-1475 B A0B0C0 118F Agate Blue TR GLZ LSTR

81:94:C0:S4 C A-B-COcean Blue TR S/L

DB-1209 140F

82:82:C0:S1 DB-1537 B A0B0C0 518F Sky Blue OP GLZ LSTR

82:82:C0:S0 DB-1405 B A0B0C0 116R Agate Blue TR GLZ

81:81:C0:S1 DB-1709 C A0B0C- 146F Ocean Blue TR ID/LC PRL

82:82:C0:S0 DB-1497 B A0B0C0 516F Sky Blue OP GLZ

82:94:C2:S2 DB-0167 A A0B0C0 510F Periwinkle OP AB

81:94:C0:S4 DB-0427 G A0B-CX 799F Maliblue GALV DY

82:94:C2:S2 DB-1507 B A0B0C0 517F Sky Blue OP GLZ AB

82:82:C1:S0 DB-0881 B A0B0C0 521R Periwinkle OP MAT AB

81:81:C1:S0 DB-0862 B A0B0C0 121R Capri Blue TR MAT AB

82:82:C0:S0 DB-1517 E A0B0C0 526R Sky Blue OP MAT GLZ

82:82:C0:S0 DB-0760 B A0B0C0 520R Periwinkle OP MAT


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 28

82:82:C0:S0 DB-0730 A A0B0C0 500F Periwinkle OP

83:97:C1:S4 DB-0511 X3 A0B-C0 810F Dscntd Blue Gold SP AB

83:94:C0:S3 DB-0920 A A0B0C- 150F Imperial Blue TR ID/LC

82:94:C0:S2 DB-0243 A A0B0C- 250F Periwinkle Dk CYLN ID/LC

83:94:C2:S0 DB-1285 B A0B0C0 121R Azure TR MAT AB

83:94:C3:S2 DB-0077 A A0B0C- 151F Cerulean TR ID/LC AB

83:83:C0:S1 DB-0831 F A0B0C0 416F Blue Pale SILK GLZ

83:83:C0:S0 DB-1270 B A0B0C0 120R Azure TR MAT

83:94:C0:S3 DB-0693 E A-B-CX 138F Brillant Blue TR SMT S/L DY

83:94:C0:S2 DB-0257 A A-B0CX 250F Icicles CYLN ID/LC

83:94:C2:S2 DB-1250 A A0B0C0 110F Azure TR AB

83:94:C2:S3 DB-1763 A A0B0C- 151F Orient Blue TR ID/LC AB

83:94:C1:S2 DB-1784 A A0B0C- 156F Baby Blue TR WID/L AB

83:94:C0:S2 DB-1230 A A0B0C0 112F Azure TR LSTR

83:94:C2:S0 DB-1052 G A0B0C0 625R Nightshade MET MAT GLST AB

83:94:C3:S2 DB-0076 A A0B0C- 151F Blue Lt TR ID/LC AB

83:83:C0:S0 DB-1110 A A0B0C0 100R Azure TR

83:95:C4:S4 DB-0514 F A0B-C0 810F Midnight Blue SP AB

83:83:C1:S1 DB-1761 A A0B0C- 351F Milky Blue OPAL ID/LC AB

83:83:C1:S0 DB-0376 G A0B0C0 525R Grayed Blue OP MAT GLST AB

83:95:C4:S3 DB-0025 F A0B0C0 610F Deep Blue MET AB

83:83:C0:S1 DB-0266 C A0B-C0 518F Faded Denim OP GLZ LSTR

83:83:C0:S1 DB-0267 C A0B-C0 518F Bluestone OP GLZ LSTR

83:94:C0:S2 DB-0278 A A0B0C- 152F Deep Blue TR ID/LC LSTR

83:94:C3:S2 DB-0058 A A-B0CX 151F Marine Blue TR ID/LC AB

83:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CAzure TR S/L

DB-1210 140F

83:95:C4:S3 DB-0005 A A0B0C0 611F Deep Blue MET IRIS

83:94:C2:S3 DB-1762 A A0B0C- 151F Dusk Blue TR ID/LC AB

83:83:C0:S1 DB-1811 E A0B0C- 450F Azure SILK ID/LC

84:94:C2:S0 DB-1597 B A0B0C0 521R Cyan Blue OP MAT AB

83:94:C0:S3 DB-0905 A A0B0C- 150F Blue TR ID/LC

83:83:C0:S0 DB-0787 C A0B-CX 129R Dodger Blue TR MAT DY

84:84:C0:S0 DB-1588 B A0B0C0 520R Cyan Blue OP MAT


Swatch Tags - November 2009

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes

All Rights Reserved

Page 29

84:84:C0:S0 DB-1138 A A0B0C0 500F Cyan Blue OP

84:84:C0:S0 DB-0756 B A0B0C0 520R Indigo OP MAT

89:96:C0:S3 DB-0981 A A0B0C- 150F Mix Sand Dune TR ID/LC

84:94:C1:S2 DB-1785 A A0B0C- 156F Moody Blue TR WID/L AB

84:94:C2:S2 DB-0165 A A0B0C0 510F Indigo OP AB

89:96:C0:S3 DB-0982 A A0B0C- 150F Mix Tutti Fruitte TR ID/LC

84:94:C2:S2 DB-1578 A A0B0C0 510F Cyan Blue OP AB

84:94:C0:S4 C A-B-CCobalt TR S/L

DB-0047 140F

89:96:C0:S3 DB-0983 A A0B0C- 150F Mix Lemon Lime TR ID/LC

84:94:C0:S2 DB-1569 A A0B0C0 512F Cyan Blue OP LSTR

84:94:C0:S3 DB-0696 E A-B-CX 138F Royal Blue TR SMT S/L DY

89:96:C0:S3 DB-0984 A A0B0C- 150F Mix Aqua Fresco TR ID/LC

84:84:C1:S0 DB-0361 C A0B0C0 522R Slate Blue OP MAT LSTR

84:84:C0:S0 DB-0707 A A0B0C0 100R Cobalt TR

89:96:C0:S3 DB-0985 A A0B0C- 150F Mix Caribbean TR ID/LC

84:94:C2:S0 DB-0864 B A0B0C0 121R Slate Blue TR MAT AB

84:84:C0:S1 DB-0216 A A0B0C0 518F Indigo OP GLZ LSTR

89:96:C0:S3 DB-0986 A A0B0C- 150F Mix Majestic TR ID/LC

84:95:C4:S0 DB-0880 B A0B0C0 521R Navy Blue OP MAT AB

84:84:C0:S0 DB-0726 A A0B0C0 500F Indigo OP

84:94:C0:S3 DB-0285 A A-B0CX 150F Spectrum Blue TR ID/LC

84:94:C0:S2 DB-0277 A A-B0CX 152F Indigo TR ID/LC LSTR

84:94:C2:S2 DB-0178 A A0B0C0 110F Cobalt TR AB

84:94:C0:S4 DB-0183 F A-BXC- 171F Deep Sapphire TR COP/L

84:84:C0:S0 DB-0377 G A0B-C- 528R Patriot Blue OP MAT GLZ LSTR

84:95:C4:S3 DB-0002 A A0B0C0 611F Blue Black MET IRIS

84:84:C0:S0 DB-0748 B A0B0C0 120R Navy Blue TR MAT

84:95:C4:S3 DB-1005 F A0B0C0 615F Blue Night MET GLST AB


Labels for Color Groups

Version November 2009

10 - Clear - Cloudy

20 - Pink

11 - White - Cream

21 - Salmon

12 - Gray 1

22 - Rose

13 - Gray 2

23 - Red

14 - Gray3 - Black

24 - Cranberry

15 - Taupe

25 - Maroon

16 - Silver Matte

30 - Red Violet

17 - Goldish Matte

31 - Fuchsia

18 - Shiny Silver

32 - Mauve

19 - Shiny Goldish

33 - Amethyst

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM

Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes All Rights Reserved


Labels for Color Groups

Version November 2009

34 - Violet

50 - Yellow

35 - Blue Violet

51 - Green Yellow

40 - Peach

52 - Olive

41 - Orange

60 - Mint

42 - Orange Red

61 - Lime

43 - Amber

62 - Green1

44 - Topaz

63 - Chartreuse

45 - Copper

64 - Green2

46 - Beige

70 - Aqua

47 - Brown

71 - Aquamarine

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM

Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes All Rights Reserved


Labels for Color Groups

Version November 2009

72 - Faded Jade

82 - Periwinkle

73 - Teal

83 - Blue1

80 - Turquoise Blue

84 - Blue2

81 - Capri Blue

89 - Mixed Colors

97 - Discontinued

Distributed by BeadCreator/TFM

Copyright 2008-2009 Susie Hughes All Rights Reserved

BeadCreator 5 Business Edition  

The definitive guide to using BeadCreator 5 Business Edition.

Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you